rooty/LibrePilot
1
0
Fork 0
mirror of https://bitbucket.org/librepilot/librepilot.git synced 2024-12-01 09:24:10 +01:00
Code Issues Releases Activity

REVONANO - Change target to 411, fix ram and flash extents, raise clock to 96MHz (cannot do 100 because of USB) , cleanup spl

Browse Source
This commit is contained in:
Alessio Morale 2014-12-14 18:15:52 +01:00
parent 674963790e
commit 1d7c1b2fc9
20 changed files with 19 additions and 11290 deletions
Show Stats Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

16
flight/pios/stm32f4xx/libraries/CMSIS/Device/ST/STM32F4xx/Source/revonano/system_stm32f4xx.c
View File

@ -46,9 +46,9 @@
*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
* System Clock source | PLL (HSE)
*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
* SYSCLK(Hz) | 84000000
* SYSCLK(Hz) | 96000000
*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
* HCLK(Hz) | 84000000
* HCLK(Hz) | 96000000
*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
* AHB Prescaler | 1
*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@ -58,13 +58,13 @@
*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
* HSE Frequency(Hz) | 8000000
*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
* PLL_M | 8
* PLL_M | 7
*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
* PLL_N | 336
*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
* PLL_P | 4
*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
* PLL_Q | 7
* PLL_Q | 8
*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
* PLLI2S_N | NA
*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@ -76,7 +76,7 @@
*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Main regulator output voltage | Scale2 mode
*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Flash Latency(WS) | 2
* Flash Latency(WS) | 3
*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Prefetch Buffer | ON
*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@ -152,14 +152,14 @@
/************************* PLL Parameters *************************************/
/* PLL_VCO = (HSE_VALUE or HSI_VALUE / PLL_M) * PLL_N */
#define PLL_M 8
#define PLL_M 7
#define PLL_N 336
/* SYSCLK = PLL_VCO / PLL_P */
#define PLL_P 4
/* USB OTG FS, SDIO and RNG Clock = PLL_VCO / PLLQ */
#define PLL_Q 7
#define PLL_Q 8
/******************************************************************************/
@ -398,7 +398,7 @@ static void SetSysClock(void)
}
/* Configure Flash prefetch, Instruction cache, Data cache and wait state */
FLASH->ACR = FLASH_ACR_PRFTEN |FLASH_ACR_ICEN |FLASH_ACR_DCEN |FLASH_ACR_LATENCY_2WS;
FLASH->ACR = FLASH_ACR_PRFTEN |FLASH_ACR_ICEN |FLASH_ACR_DCEN |FLASH_ACR_LATENCY_3WS;
/* Select the main PLL as system clock source */
RCC->CFGR &= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)~(RCC_CFGR_SW));

178
flight/pios/stm32f4xx/libraries/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/misc.h.bak
View File

@ -1,178 +0,0 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file misc.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.1.0
* @date 11-January-2013
* @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the miscellaneous
* firmware library functions (add-on to CMSIS functions).
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2013 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
* You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at:
*
* http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __MISC_H
#define __MISC_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup MISC
* @{
*/
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* @brief NVIC Init Structure definition
*/
typedef struct
{
uint8_t NVIC_IRQChannel; /*!< Specifies the IRQ channel to be enabled or disabled.
This parameter can be an enumerator of @ref IRQn_Type
enumeration (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels
list, please refer to stm32f4xx.h file) */
uint8_t NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority; /*!< Specifies the pre-emption priority for the IRQ channel
specified in NVIC_IRQChannel. This parameter can be a value
between 0 and 15 as described in the table @ref MISC_NVIC_Priority_Table
A lower priority value indicates a higher priority */
uint8_t NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority; /*!< Specifies the subpriority level for the IRQ channel specified
in NVIC_IRQChannel. This parameter can be a value
between 0 and 15 as described in the table @ref MISC_NVIC_Priority_Table
A lower priority value indicates a higher priority */
FunctionalState NVIC_IRQChannelCmd; /*!< Specifies whether the IRQ channel defined in NVIC_IRQChannel
will be enabled or disabled.
This parameter can be set either to ENABLE or DISABLE */
} NVIC_InitTypeDef;
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup MISC_Exported_Constants
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup MISC_Vector_Table_Base
* @{
*/
#define NVIC_VectTab_RAM ((uint32_t)0x20000000)
#define NVIC_VectTab_FLASH ((uint32_t)0x08000000)
#define IS_NVIC_VECTTAB(VECTTAB) (((VECTTAB) == NVIC_VectTab_RAM) || \
((VECTTAB) == NVIC_VectTab_FLASH))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup MISC_System_Low_Power
* @{
*/
#define NVIC_LP_SEVONPEND ((uint8_t)0x10)
#define NVIC_LP_SLEEPDEEP ((uint8_t)0x04)
#define NVIC_LP_SLEEPONEXIT ((uint8_t)0x02)
#define IS_NVIC_LP(LP) (((LP) == NVIC_LP_SEVONPEND) || \
((LP) == NVIC_LP_SLEEPDEEP) || \
((LP) == NVIC_LP_SLEEPONEXIT))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup MISC_Preemption_Priority_Group
* @{
*/
#define NVIC_PriorityGroup_0 ((uint32_t)0x700) /*!< 0 bits for pre-emption priority
4 bits for subpriority */
#define NVIC_PriorityGroup_1 ((uint32_t)0x600) /*!< 1 bits for pre-emption priority
3 bits for subpriority */
#define NVIC_PriorityGroup_2 ((uint32_t)0x500) /*!< 2 bits for pre-emption priority
2 bits for subpriority */
#define NVIC_PriorityGroup_3 ((uint32_t)0x400) /*!< 3 bits for pre-emption priority
1 bits for subpriority */
#define NVIC_PriorityGroup_4 ((uint32_t)0x300) /*!< 4 bits for pre-emption priority
0 bits for subpriority */
#define IS_NVIC_PRIORITY_GROUP(GROUP) (((GROUP) == NVIC_PriorityGroup_0) || \
((GROUP) == NVIC_PriorityGroup_1) || \
((GROUP) == NVIC_PriorityGroup_2) || \
((GROUP) == NVIC_PriorityGroup_3) || \
((GROUP) == NVIC_PriorityGroup_4))
#define IS_NVIC_PREEMPTION_PRIORITY(PRIORITY) ((PRIORITY) < 0x10)
#define IS_NVIC_SUB_PRIORITY(PRIORITY) ((PRIORITY) < 0x10)
#define IS_NVIC_OFFSET(OFFSET) ((OFFSET) < 0x000FFFFF)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup MISC_SysTick_clock_source
* @{
*/
#define SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK_Div8 ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFFB)
#define SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
#define IS_SYSTICK_CLK_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK) || \
((SOURCE) == SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK_Div8))
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
void NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig(uint32_t NVIC_PriorityGroup);
void NVIC_Init(const NVIC_InitTypeDef* NVIC_InitStruct);
void NVIC_SetVectorTable(uint32_t NVIC_VectTab, uint32_t Offset);
void NVIC_SystemLPConfig(uint8_t LowPowerMode, FunctionalState NewState);
void SysTick_CLKSourceConfig(uint32_t SysTick_CLKSource);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __MISC_H */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

649
flight/pios/stm32f4xx/libraries/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_adc.h.bak
View File

@ -1,649 +0,0 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_adc.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.1.0
* @date 11-January-2013
* @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the ADC firmware
* library.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2013 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
* You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at:
*
* http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM32F4xx_ADC_H
#define __STM32F4xx_ADC_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup ADC
* @{
*/
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* @brief ADC Init structure definition
*/
typedef struct
{
uint32_t ADC_Resolution; /*!< Configures the ADC resolution dual mode.
This parameter can be a value of @ref ADC_resolution */
FunctionalState ADC_ScanConvMode; /*!< Specifies whether the conversion
is performed in Scan (multichannels)
or Single (one channel) mode.
This parameter can be set to ENABLE or DISABLE */
FunctionalState ADC_ContinuousConvMode; /*!< Specifies whether the conversion
is performed in Continuous or Single mode.
This parameter can be set to ENABLE or DISABLE. */
uint32_t ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge; /*!< Select the external trigger edge and
enable the trigger of a regular group.
This parameter can be a value of
@ref ADC_external_trigger_edge_for_regular_channels_conversion */
uint32_t ADC_ExternalTrigConv; /*!< Select the external event used to trigger
the start of conversion of a regular group.
This parameter can be a value of
@ref ADC_extrenal_trigger_sources_for_regular_channels_conversion */
uint32_t ADC_DataAlign; /*!< Specifies whether the ADC data alignment
is left or right. This parameter can be
a value of @ref ADC_data_align */
uint8_t ADC_NbrOfConversion; /*!< Specifies the number of ADC conversions
that will be done using the sequencer for
regular channel group.
This parameter must range from 1 to 16. */
}ADC_InitTypeDef;
/**
* @brief ADC Common Init structure definition
*/
typedef struct
{
uint32_t ADC_Mode; /*!< Configures the ADC to operate in
independent or multi mode.
This parameter can be a value of @ref ADC_Common_mode */
uint32_t ADC_Prescaler; /*!< Select the frequency of the clock
to the ADC. The clock is common for all the ADCs.
This parameter can be a value of @ref ADC_Prescaler */
uint32_t ADC_DMAAccessMode; /*!< Configures the Direct memory access
mode for multi ADC mode.
This parameter can be a value of
@ref ADC_Direct_memory_access_mode_for_multi_mode */
uint32_t ADC_TwoSamplingDelay; /*!< Configures the Delay between 2 sampling phases.
This parameter can be a value of
@ref ADC_delay_between_2_sampling_phases */
}ADC_CommonInitTypeDef;
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup ADC_Exported_Constants
* @{
*/
#define IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == ADC1) || \
((PERIPH) == ADC2) || \
((PERIPH) == ADC3))
/** @defgroup ADC_Common_mode
* @{
*/
#define ADC_Mode_Independent ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
#define ADC_DualMode_RegSimult_InjecSimult ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
#define ADC_DualMode_RegSimult_AlterTrig ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
#define ADC_DualMode_InjecSimult ((uint32_t)0x00000005)
#define ADC_DualMode_RegSimult ((uint32_t)0x00000006)
#define ADC_DualMode_Interl ((uint32_t)0x00000007)
#define ADC_DualMode_AlterTrig ((uint32_t)0x00000009)
#define ADC_TripleMode_RegSimult_InjecSimult ((uint32_t)0x00000011)
#define ADC_TripleMode_RegSimult_AlterTrig ((uint32_t)0x00000012)
#define ADC_TripleMode_InjecSimult ((uint32_t)0x00000015)
#define ADC_TripleMode_RegSimult ((uint32_t)0x00000016)
#define ADC_TripleMode_Interl ((uint32_t)0x00000017)
#define ADC_TripleMode_AlterTrig ((uint32_t)0x00000019)
#define IS_ADC_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == ADC_Mode_Independent) || \
((MODE) == ADC_DualMode_RegSimult_InjecSimult) || \
((MODE) == ADC_DualMode_RegSimult_AlterTrig) || \
((MODE) == ADC_DualMode_InjecSimult) || \
((MODE) == ADC_DualMode_RegSimult) || \
((MODE) == ADC_DualMode_Interl) || \
((MODE) == ADC_DualMode_AlterTrig) || \
((MODE) == ADC_TripleMode_RegSimult_InjecSimult) || \
((MODE) == ADC_TripleMode_RegSimult_AlterTrig) || \
((MODE) == ADC_TripleMode_InjecSimult) || \
((MODE) == ADC_TripleMode_RegSimult) || \
((MODE) == ADC_TripleMode_Interl) || \
((MODE) == ADC_TripleMode_AlterTrig))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup ADC_Prescaler
* @{
*/
#define ADC_Prescaler_Div2 ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
#define ADC_Prescaler_Div4 ((uint32_t)0x00010000)
#define ADC_Prescaler_Div6 ((uint32_t)0x00020000)
#define ADC_Prescaler_Div8 ((uint32_t)0x00030000)
#define IS_ADC_PRESCALER(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) == ADC_Prescaler_Div2) || \
((PRESCALER) == ADC_Prescaler_Div4) || \
((PRESCALER) == ADC_Prescaler_Div6) || \
((PRESCALER) == ADC_Prescaler_Div8))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup ADC_Direct_memory_access_mode_for_multi_mode
* @{
*/
#define ADC_DMAAccessMode_Disabled ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /* DMA mode disabled */
#define ADC_DMAAccessMode_1 ((uint32_t)0x00004000) /* DMA mode 1 enabled (2 / 3 half-words one by one - 1 then 2 then 3)*/
#define ADC_DMAAccessMode_2 ((uint32_t)0x00008000) /* DMA mode 2 enabled (2 / 3 half-words by pairs - 2&1 then 1&3 then 3&2)*/
#define ADC_DMAAccessMode_3 ((uint32_t)0x0000C000) /* DMA mode 3 enabled (2 / 3 bytes by pairs - 2&1 then 1&3 then 3&2) */
#define IS_ADC_DMA_ACCESS_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == ADC_DMAAccessMode_Disabled) || \
((MODE) == ADC_DMAAccessMode_1) || \
((MODE) == ADC_DMAAccessMode_2) || \
((MODE) == ADC_DMAAccessMode_3))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup ADC_delay_between_2_sampling_phases
* @{
*/
#define ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_5Cycles ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
#define ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_6Cycles ((uint32_t)0x00000100)
#define ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_7Cycles ((uint32_t)0x00000200)
#define ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_8Cycles ((uint32_t)0x00000300)
#define ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_9Cycles ((uint32_t)0x00000400)
#define ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_10Cycles ((uint32_t)0x00000500)
#define ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_11Cycles ((uint32_t)0x00000600)
#define ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_12Cycles ((uint32_t)0x00000700)
#define ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_13Cycles ((uint32_t)0x00000800)
#define ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_14Cycles ((uint32_t)0x00000900)
#define ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_15Cycles ((uint32_t)0x00000A00)
#define ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_16Cycles ((uint32_t)0x00000B00)
#define ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_17Cycles ((uint32_t)0x00000C00)
#define ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_18Cycles ((uint32_t)0x00000D00)
#define ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_19Cycles ((uint32_t)0x00000E00)
#define ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_20Cycles ((uint32_t)0x00000F00)
#define IS_ADC_SAMPLING_DELAY(DELAY) (((DELAY) == ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_5Cycles) || \
((DELAY) == ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_6Cycles) || \
((DELAY) == ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_7Cycles) || \
((DELAY) == ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_8Cycles) || \
((DELAY) == ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_9Cycles) || \
((DELAY) == ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_10Cycles) || \
((DELAY) == ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_11Cycles) || \
((DELAY) == ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_12Cycles) || \
((DELAY) == ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_13Cycles) || \
((DELAY) == ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_14Cycles) || \
((DELAY) == ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_15Cycles) || \
((DELAY) == ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_16Cycles) || \
((DELAY) == ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_17Cycles) || \
((DELAY) == ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_18Cycles) || \
((DELAY) == ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_19Cycles) || \
((DELAY) == ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_20Cycles))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup ADC_resolution
* @{
*/
#define ADC_Resolution_12b ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
#define ADC_Resolution_10b ((uint32_t)0x01000000)
#define ADC_Resolution_8b ((uint32_t)0x02000000)
#define ADC_Resolution_6b ((uint32_t)0x03000000)
#define IS_ADC_RESOLUTION(RESOLUTION) (((RESOLUTION) == ADC_Resolution_12b) || \
((RESOLUTION) == ADC_Resolution_10b) || \
((RESOLUTION) == ADC_Resolution_8b) || \
((RESOLUTION) == ADC_Resolution_6b))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup ADC_external_trigger_edge_for_regular_channels_conversion
* @{
*/
#define ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge_None ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
#define ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge_Rising ((uint32_t)0x10000000)
#define ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge_Falling ((uint32_t)0x20000000)
#define ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge_RisingFalling ((uint32_t)0x30000000)
#define IS_ADC_EXT_TRIG_EDGE(EDGE) (((EDGE) == ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge_None) || \
((EDGE) == ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge_Rising) || \
((EDGE) == ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge_Falling) || \
((EDGE) == ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge_RisingFalling))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup ADC_extrenal_trigger_sources_for_regular_channels_conversion
* @{
*/
#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T1_CC1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T1_CC2 ((uint32_t)0x01000000)
#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T1_CC3 ((uint32_t)0x02000000)
#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T2_CC2 ((uint32_t)0x03000000)
#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T2_CC3 ((uint32_t)0x04000000)
#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T2_CC4 ((uint32_t)0x05000000)
#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T2_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x06000000)
#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T3_CC1 ((uint32_t)0x07000000)
#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T3_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x08000000)
#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T4_CC4 ((uint32_t)0x09000000)
#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T5_CC1 ((uint32_t)0x0A000000)
#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T5_CC2 ((uint32_t)0x0B000000)
#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T5_CC3 ((uint32_t)0x0C000000)
#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T8_CC1 ((uint32_t)0x0D000000)
#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T8_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x0E000000)
#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_Ext_IT11 ((uint32_t)0x0F000000)
#define IS_ADC_EXT_TRIG(REGTRIG) (((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T1_CC1) || \
((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T1_CC2) || \
((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T1_CC3) || \
((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T2_CC2) || \
((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T2_CC3) || \
((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T2_CC4) || \
((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T2_TRGO) || \
((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T3_CC1) || \
((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T3_TRGO) || \
((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T4_CC4) || \
((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T5_CC1) || \
((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T5_CC2) || \
((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T5_CC3) || \
((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T8_CC1) || \
((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T8_TRGO) || \
((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_Ext_IT11))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup ADC_data_align
* @{
*/
#define ADC_DataAlign_Right ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
#define ADC_DataAlign_Left ((uint32_t)0x00000800)
#define IS_ADC_DATA_ALIGN(ALIGN) (((ALIGN) == ADC_DataAlign_Right) || \
((ALIGN) == ADC_DataAlign_Left))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup ADC_channels
* @{
*/
#define ADC_Channel_0 ((uint8_t)0x00)
#define ADC_Channel_1 ((uint8_t)0x01)
#define ADC_Channel_2 ((uint8_t)0x02)
#define ADC_Channel_3 ((uint8_t)0x03)
#define ADC_Channel_4 ((uint8_t)0x04)
#define ADC_Channel_5 ((uint8_t)0x05)
#define ADC_Channel_6 ((uint8_t)0x06)
#define ADC_Channel_7 ((uint8_t)0x07)
#define ADC_Channel_8 ((uint8_t)0x08)
#define ADC_Channel_9 ((uint8_t)0x09)
#define ADC_Channel_10 ((uint8_t)0x0A)
#define ADC_Channel_11 ((uint8_t)0x0B)
#define ADC_Channel_12 ((uint8_t)0x0C)
#define ADC_Channel_13 ((uint8_t)0x0D)
#define ADC_Channel_14 ((uint8_t)0x0E)
#define ADC_Channel_15 ((uint8_t)0x0F)
#define ADC_Channel_16 ((uint8_t)0x10)
#define ADC_Channel_17 ((uint8_t)0x11)
#define ADC_Channel_18 ((uint8_t)0x12)
#define ADC_Channel_TempSensor ((uint8_t)ADC_Channel_16)
#define ADC_Channel_Vrefint ((uint8_t)ADC_Channel_17)
#define ADC_Channel_Vbat ((uint8_t)ADC_Channel_18)
#define IS_ADC_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_0) || \
((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_1) || \
((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_2) || \
((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_3) || \
((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_4) || \
((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_5) || \
((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_6) || \
((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_7) || \
((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_8) || \
((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_9) || \
((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_10) || \
((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_11) || \
((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_12) || \
((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_13) || \
((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_14) || \
((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_15) || \
((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_16) || \
((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_17) || \
((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_18))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup ADC_sampling_times
* @{
*/
#define ADC_SampleTime_3Cycles ((uint8_t)0x00)
#define ADC_SampleTime_15Cycles ((uint8_t)0x01)
#define ADC_SampleTime_28Cycles ((uint8_t)0x02)
#define ADC_SampleTime_56Cycles ((uint8_t)0x03)
#define ADC_SampleTime_84Cycles ((uint8_t)0x04)
#define ADC_SampleTime_112Cycles ((uint8_t)0x05)
#define ADC_SampleTime_144Cycles ((uint8_t)0x06)
#define ADC_SampleTime_480Cycles ((uint8_t)0x07)
#define IS_ADC_SAMPLE_TIME(TIME) (((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_3Cycles) || \
((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_15Cycles) || \
((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_28Cycles) || \
((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_56Cycles) || \
((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_84Cycles) || \
((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_112Cycles) || \
((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_144Cycles) || \
((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_480Cycles))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup ADC_external_trigger_edge_for_injected_channels_conversion
* @{
*/
#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge_None ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge_Rising ((uint32_t)0x00100000)
#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge_Falling ((uint32_t)0x00200000)
#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge_RisingFalling ((uint32_t)0x00300000)
#define IS_ADC_EXT_INJEC_TRIG_EDGE(EDGE) (((EDGE) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge_None) || \
((EDGE) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge_Rising) || \
((EDGE) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge_Falling) || \
((EDGE) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge_RisingFalling))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup ADC_extrenal_trigger_sources_for_injected_channels_conversion
* @{
*/
#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T1_CC4 ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T1_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x00010000)
#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T2_CC1 ((uint32_t)0x00020000)
#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T2_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x00030000)
#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T3_CC2 ((uint32_t)0x00040000)
#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T3_CC4 ((uint32_t)0x00050000)
#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_CC1 ((uint32_t)0x00060000)
#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_CC2 ((uint32_t)0x00070000)
#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_CC3 ((uint32_t)0x00080000)
#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x00090000)
#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T5_CC4 ((uint32_t)0x000A0000)
#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T5_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x000B0000)
#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T8_CC2 ((uint32_t)0x000C0000)
#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T8_CC3 ((uint32_t)0x000D0000)
#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T8_CC4 ((uint32_t)0x000E0000)
#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_Ext_IT15 ((uint32_t)0x000F0000)
#define IS_ADC_EXT_INJEC_TRIG(INJTRIG) (((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T1_CC4) || \
((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T1_TRGO) || \
((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T2_CC1) || \
((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T2_TRGO) || \
((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T3_CC2) || \
((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T3_CC4) || \
((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_CC1) || \
((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_CC2) || \
((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_CC3) || \
((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_TRGO) || \
((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T5_CC4) || \
((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T5_TRGO) || \
((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T8_CC2) || \
((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T8_CC3) || \
((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T8_CC4) || \
((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_Ext_IT15))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup ADC_injected_channel_selection
* @{
*/
#define ADC_InjectedChannel_1 ((uint8_t)0x14)
#define ADC_InjectedChannel_2 ((uint8_t)0x18)
#define ADC_InjectedChannel_3 ((uint8_t)0x1C)
#define ADC_InjectedChannel_4 ((uint8_t)0x20)
#define IS_ADC_INJECTED_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == ADC_InjectedChannel_1) || \
((CHANNEL) == ADC_InjectedChannel_2) || \
((CHANNEL) == ADC_InjectedChannel_3) || \
((CHANNEL) == ADC_InjectedChannel_4))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup ADC_analog_watchdog_selection
* @{
*/
#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleRegEnable ((uint32_t)0x00800200)
#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleInjecEnable ((uint32_t)0x00400200)
#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleRegOrInjecEnable ((uint32_t)0x00C00200)
#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllRegEnable ((uint32_t)0x00800000)
#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllInjecEnable ((uint32_t)0x00400000)
#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllRegAllInjecEnable ((uint32_t)0x00C00000)
#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_None ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
#define IS_ADC_ANALOG_WATCHDOG(WATCHDOG) (((WATCHDOG) == ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleRegEnable) || \
((WATCHDOG) == ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleInjecEnable) || \
((WATCHDOG) == ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleRegOrInjecEnable) || \
((WATCHDOG) == ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllRegEnable) || \
((WATCHDOG) == ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllInjecEnable) || \
((WATCHDOG) == ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllRegAllInjecEnable) || \
((WATCHDOG) == ADC_AnalogWatchdog_None))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup ADC_interrupts_definition
* @{
*/
#define ADC_IT_EOC ((uint16_t)0x0205)
#define ADC_IT_AWD ((uint16_t)0x0106)
#define ADC_IT_JEOC ((uint16_t)0x0407)
#define ADC_IT_OVR ((uint16_t)0x201A)
#define IS_ADC_IT(IT) (((IT) == ADC_IT_EOC) || ((IT) == ADC_IT_AWD) || \
((IT) == ADC_IT_JEOC)|| ((IT) == ADC_IT_OVR))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup ADC_flags_definition
* @{
*/
#define ADC_FLAG_AWD ((uint8_t)0x01)
#define ADC_FLAG_EOC ((uint8_t)0x02)
#define ADC_FLAG_JEOC ((uint8_t)0x04)
#define ADC_FLAG_JSTRT ((uint8_t)0x08)
#define ADC_FLAG_STRT ((uint8_t)0x10)
#define ADC_FLAG_OVR ((uint8_t)0x20)
#define IS_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) ((((FLAG) & (uint8_t)0xC0) == 0x00) && ((FLAG) != 0x00))
#define IS_ADC_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_AWD) || \
((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_EOC) || \
((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_JEOC) || \
((FLAG)== ADC_FLAG_JSTRT) || \
((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_STRT) || \
((FLAG)== ADC_FLAG_OVR))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup ADC_thresholds
* @{
*/
#define IS_ADC_THRESHOLD(THRESHOLD) ((THRESHOLD) <= 0xFFF)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup ADC_injected_offset
* @{
*/
#define IS_ADC_OFFSET(OFFSET) ((OFFSET) <= 0xFFF)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup ADC_injected_length
* @{
*/
#define IS_ADC_INJECTED_LENGTH(LENGTH) (((LENGTH) >= 0x1) && ((LENGTH) <= 0x4))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup ADC_injected_rank
* @{
*/
#define IS_ADC_INJECTED_RANK(RANK) (((RANK) >= 0x1) && ((RANK) <= 0x4))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup ADC_regular_length
* @{
*/
#define IS_ADC_REGULAR_LENGTH(LENGTH) (((LENGTH) >= 0x1) && ((LENGTH) <= 0x10))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup ADC_regular_rank
* @{
*/
#define IS_ADC_REGULAR_RANK(RANK) (((RANK) >= 0x1) && ((RANK) <= 0x10))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup ADC_regular_discontinuous_mode_number
* @{
*/
#define IS_ADC_REGULAR_DISC_NUMBER(NUMBER) (((NUMBER) >= 0x1) && ((NUMBER) <= 0x8))
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Function used to set the ADC configuration to the default reset state *****/
void ADC_DeInit(void);
/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/
void ADC_Init(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, ADC_InitTypeDef* ADC_InitStruct);
void ADC_StructInit(ADC_InitTypeDef* ADC_InitStruct);
void ADC_CommonInit(ADC_CommonInitTypeDef* ADC_CommonInitStruct);
void ADC_CommonStructInit(ADC_CommonInitTypeDef* ADC_CommonInitStruct);
void ADC_Cmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState);
/* Analog Watchdog configuration functions ************************************/
void ADC_AnalogWatchdogCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_AnalogWatchdog);
void ADC_AnalogWatchdogThresholdsConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t HighThreshold,uint16_t LowThreshold);
void ADC_AnalogWatchdogSingleChannelConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel);
/* Temperature Sensor, Vrefint and VBAT management functions ******************/
void ADC_TempSensorVrefintCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
void ADC_VBATCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
/* Regular Channels Configuration functions ***********************************/
void ADC_RegularChannelConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel, uint8_t Rank, uint8_t ADC_SampleTime);
void ADC_SoftwareStartConv(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx);
FlagStatus ADC_GetSoftwareStartConvStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx);
void ADC_EOCOnEachRegularChannelCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState);
void ADC_ContinuousModeCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState);
void ADC_DiscModeChannelCountConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t Number);
void ADC_DiscModeCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState);
uint16_t ADC_GetConversionValue(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx);
uint32_t ADC_GetMultiModeConversionValue(void);
/* Regular Channels DMA Configuration functions *******************************/
void ADC_DMACmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState);
void ADC_DMARequestAfterLastTransferCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState);
void ADC_MultiModeDMARequestAfterLastTransferCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
/* Injected channels Configuration functions **********************************/
void ADC_InjectedChannelConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel, uint8_t Rank, uint8_t ADC_SampleTime);
void ADC_InjectedSequencerLengthConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t Length);
void ADC_SetInjectedOffset(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_InjectedChannel, uint16_t Offset);
void ADC_ExternalTrigInjectedConvConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv);
void ADC_ExternalTrigInjectedConvEdgeConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge);
void ADC_SoftwareStartInjectedConv(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx);
FlagStatus ADC_GetSoftwareStartInjectedConvCmdStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx);
void ADC_AutoInjectedConvCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState);
void ADC_InjectedDiscModeCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState);
uint16_t ADC_GetInjectedConversionValue(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_InjectedChannel);
/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/
void ADC_ITConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t ADC_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
FlagStatus ADC_GetFlagStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_FLAG);
void ADC_ClearFlag(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_FLAG);
ITStatus ADC_GetITStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t ADC_IT);
void ADC_ClearITPendingBit(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t ADC_IT);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /*__STM32F4xx_ADC_H */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

644
flight/pios/stm32f4xx/libraries/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_can.h.bak
View File

@ -1,644 +0,0 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_can.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.1.0
* @date 11-January-2013
* @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the CAN firmware
* library.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2013 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
* You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at:
*
* http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM32F4xx_CAN_H
#define __STM32F4xx_CAN_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup CAN
* @{
*/
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
#define IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == CAN1) || \
((PERIPH) == CAN2))
/**
* @brief CAN init structure definition
*/
typedef struct
{
uint16_t CAN_Prescaler; /*!< Specifies the length of a time quantum.
It ranges from 1 to 1024. */
uint8_t CAN_Mode; /*!< Specifies the CAN operating mode.
This parameter can be a value of @ref CAN_operating_mode */
uint8_t CAN_SJW; /*!< Specifies the maximum number of time quanta
the CAN hardware is allowed to lengthen or
shorten a bit to perform resynchronization.
This parameter can be a value of @ref CAN_synchronisation_jump_width */
uint8_t CAN_BS1; /*!< Specifies the number of time quanta in Bit
Segment 1. This parameter can be a value of
@ref CAN_time_quantum_in_bit_segment_1 */
uint8_t CAN_BS2; /*!< Specifies the number of time quanta in Bit Segment 2.
This parameter can be a value of @ref CAN_time_quantum_in_bit_segment_2 */
FunctionalState CAN_TTCM; /*!< Enable or disable the time triggered communication mode.
This parameter can be set either to ENABLE or DISABLE. */
FunctionalState CAN_ABOM; /*!< Enable or disable the automatic bus-off management.
This parameter can be set either to ENABLE or DISABLE. */
FunctionalState CAN_AWUM; /*!< Enable or disable the automatic wake-up mode.
This parameter can be set either to ENABLE or DISABLE. */
FunctionalState CAN_NART; /*!< Enable or disable the non-automatic retransmission mode.
This parameter can be set either to ENABLE or DISABLE. */
FunctionalState CAN_RFLM; /*!< Enable or disable the Receive FIFO Locked mode.
This parameter can be set either to ENABLE or DISABLE. */
FunctionalState CAN_TXFP; /*!< Enable or disable the transmit FIFO priority.
This parameter can be set either to ENABLE or DISABLE. */
} CAN_InitTypeDef;
/**
* @brief CAN filter init structure definition
*/
typedef struct
{
uint16_t CAN_FilterIdHigh; /*!< Specifies the filter identification number (MSBs for a 32-bit
configuration, first one for a 16-bit configuration).
This parameter can be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF */
uint16_t CAN_FilterIdLow; /*!< Specifies the filter identification number (LSBs for a 32-bit
configuration, second one for a 16-bit configuration).
This parameter can be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF */
uint16_t CAN_FilterMaskIdHigh; /*!< Specifies the filter mask number or identification number,
according to the mode (MSBs for a 32-bit configuration,
first one for a 16-bit configuration).
This parameter can be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF */
uint16_t CAN_FilterMaskIdLow; /*!< Specifies the filter mask number or identification number,
according to the mode (LSBs for a 32-bit configuration,
second one for a 16-bit configuration).
This parameter can be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF */
uint16_t CAN_FilterFIFOAssignment; /*!< Specifies the FIFO (0 or 1) which will be assigned to the filter.
This parameter can be a value of @ref CAN_filter_FIFO */
uint8_t CAN_FilterNumber; /*!< Specifies the filter which will be initialized. It ranges from 0 to 13. */
uint8_t CAN_FilterMode; /*!< Specifies the filter mode to be initialized.
This parameter can be a value of @ref CAN_filter_mode */
uint8_t CAN_FilterScale; /*!< Specifies the filter scale.
This parameter can be a value of @ref CAN_filter_scale */
FunctionalState CAN_FilterActivation; /*!< Enable or disable the filter.
This parameter can be set either to ENABLE or DISABLE. */
} CAN_FilterInitTypeDef;
/**
* @brief CAN Tx message structure definition
*/
typedef struct
{
uint32_t StdId; /*!< Specifies the standard identifier.
This parameter can be a value between 0 to 0x7FF. */
uint32_t ExtId; /*!< Specifies the extended identifier.
This parameter can be a value between 0 to 0x1FFFFFFF. */
uint8_t IDE; /*!< Specifies the type of identifier for the message that
will be transmitted. This parameter can be a value
of @ref CAN_identifier_type */
uint8_t RTR; /*!< Specifies the type of frame for the message that will
be transmitted. This parameter can be a value of
@ref CAN_remote_transmission_request */
uint8_t DLC; /*!< Specifies the length of the frame that will be
transmitted. This parameter can be a value between
0 to 8 */
uint8_t Data[8]; /*!< Contains the data to be transmitted. It ranges from 0
to 0xFF. */
} CanTxMsg;
/**
* @brief CAN Rx message structure definition
*/
typedef struct
{
uint32_t StdId; /*!< Specifies the standard identifier.
This parameter can be a value between 0 to 0x7FF. */
uint32_t ExtId; /*!< Specifies the extended identifier.
This parameter can be a value between 0 to 0x1FFFFFFF. */
uint8_t IDE; /*!< Specifies the type of identifier for the message that
will be received. This parameter can be a value of
@ref CAN_identifier_type */
uint8_t RTR; /*!< Specifies the type of frame for the received message.
This parameter can be a value of
@ref CAN_remote_transmission_request */
uint8_t DLC; /*!< Specifies the length of the frame that will be received.
This parameter can be a value between 0 to 8 */
uint8_t Data[8]; /*!< Contains the data to be received. It ranges from 0 to
0xFF. */
uint8_t FMI; /*!< Specifies the index of the filter the message stored in
the mailbox passes through. This parameter can be a
value between 0 to 0xFF */
} CanRxMsg;
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup CAN_Exported_Constants
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup CAN_InitStatus
* @{
*/
#define CAN_InitStatus_Failed ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< CAN initialization failed */
#define CAN_InitStatus_Success ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< CAN initialization OK */
/* Legacy defines */
#define CANINITFAILED CAN_InitStatus_Failed
#define CANINITOK CAN_InitStatus_Success
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CAN_operating_mode
* @{
*/
#define CAN_Mode_Normal ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< normal mode */
#define CAN_Mode_LoopBack ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< loopback mode */
#define CAN_Mode_Silent ((uint8_t)0x02) /*!< silent mode */
#define CAN_Mode_Silent_LoopBack ((uint8_t)0x03) /*!< loopback combined with silent mode */
#define IS_CAN_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == CAN_Mode_Normal) || \
((MODE) == CAN_Mode_LoopBack)|| \
((MODE) == CAN_Mode_Silent) || \
((MODE) == CAN_Mode_Silent_LoopBack))
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @defgroup CAN_operating_mode
* @{
*/
#define CAN_OperatingMode_Initialization ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< Initialization mode */
#define CAN_OperatingMode_Normal ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< Normal mode */
#define CAN_OperatingMode_Sleep ((uint8_t)0x02) /*!< sleep mode */
#define IS_CAN_OPERATING_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == CAN_OperatingMode_Initialization) ||\
((MODE) == CAN_OperatingMode_Normal)|| \
((MODE) == CAN_OperatingMode_Sleep))
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @defgroup CAN_operating_mode_status
* @{
*/
#define CAN_ModeStatus_Failed ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< CAN entering the specific mode failed */
#define CAN_ModeStatus_Success ((uint8_t)!CAN_ModeStatus_Failed) /*!< CAN entering the specific mode Succeed */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CAN_synchronisation_jump_width
* @{
*/
#define CAN_SJW_1tq ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< 1 time quantum */
#define CAN_SJW_2tq ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< 2 time quantum */
#define CAN_SJW_3tq ((uint8_t)0x02) /*!< 3 time quantum */
#define CAN_SJW_4tq ((uint8_t)0x03) /*!< 4 time quantum */
#define IS_CAN_SJW(SJW) (((SJW) == CAN_SJW_1tq) || ((SJW) == CAN_SJW_2tq)|| \
((SJW) == CAN_SJW_3tq) || ((SJW) == CAN_SJW_4tq))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CAN_time_quantum_in_bit_segment_1
* @{
*/
#define CAN_BS1_1tq ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< 1 time quantum */
#define CAN_BS1_2tq ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< 2 time quantum */
#define CAN_BS1_3tq ((uint8_t)0x02) /*!< 3 time quantum */
#define CAN_BS1_4tq ((uint8_t)0x03) /*!< 4 time quantum */
#define CAN_BS1_5tq ((uint8_t)0x04) /*!< 5 time quantum */
#define CAN_BS1_6tq ((uint8_t)0x05) /*!< 6 time quantum */
#define CAN_BS1_7tq ((uint8_t)0x06) /*!< 7 time quantum */
#define CAN_BS1_8tq ((uint8_t)0x07) /*!< 8 time quantum */
#define CAN_BS1_9tq ((uint8_t)0x08) /*!< 9 time quantum */
#define CAN_BS1_10tq ((uint8_t)0x09) /*!< 10 time quantum */
#define CAN_BS1_11tq ((uint8_t)0x0A) /*!< 11 time quantum */
#define CAN_BS1_12tq ((uint8_t)0x0B) /*!< 12 time quantum */
#define CAN_BS1_13tq ((uint8_t)0x0C) /*!< 13 time quantum */
#define CAN_BS1_14tq ((uint8_t)0x0D) /*!< 14 time quantum */
#define CAN_BS1_15tq ((uint8_t)0x0E) /*!< 15 time quantum */
#define CAN_BS1_16tq ((uint8_t)0x0F) /*!< 16 time quantum */
#define IS_CAN_BS1(BS1) ((BS1) <= CAN_BS1_16tq)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CAN_time_quantum_in_bit_segment_2
* @{
*/
#define CAN_BS2_1tq ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< 1 time quantum */
#define CAN_BS2_2tq ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< 2 time quantum */
#define CAN_BS2_3tq ((uint8_t)0x02) /*!< 3 time quantum */
#define CAN_BS2_4tq ((uint8_t)0x03) /*!< 4 time quantum */
#define CAN_BS2_5tq ((uint8_t)0x04) /*!< 5 time quantum */
#define CAN_BS2_6tq ((uint8_t)0x05) /*!< 6 time quantum */
#define CAN_BS2_7tq ((uint8_t)0x06) /*!< 7 time quantum */
#define CAN_BS2_8tq ((uint8_t)0x07) /*!< 8 time quantum */
#define IS_CAN_BS2(BS2) ((BS2) <= CAN_BS2_8tq)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CAN_clock_prescaler
* @{
*/
#define IS_CAN_PRESCALER(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) >= 1) && ((PRESCALER) <= 1024))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CAN_filter_number
* @{
*/
#define IS_CAN_FILTER_NUMBER(NUMBER) ((NUMBER) <= 27)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CAN_filter_mode
* @{
*/
#define CAN_FilterMode_IdMask ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< identifier/mask mode */
#define CAN_FilterMode_IdList ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< identifier list mode */
#define IS_CAN_FILTER_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == CAN_FilterMode_IdMask) || \
((MODE) == CAN_FilterMode_IdList))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CAN_filter_scale
* @{
*/
#define CAN_FilterScale_16bit ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< Two 16-bit filters */
#define CAN_FilterScale_32bit ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< One 32-bit filter */
#define IS_CAN_FILTER_SCALE(SCALE) (((SCALE) == CAN_FilterScale_16bit) || \
((SCALE) == CAN_FilterScale_32bit))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CAN_filter_FIFO
* @{
*/
#define CAN_Filter_FIFO0 ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< Filter FIFO 0 assignment for filter x */
#define CAN_Filter_FIFO1 ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< Filter FIFO 1 assignment for filter x */
#define IS_CAN_FILTER_FIFO(FIFO) (((FIFO) == CAN_FilterFIFO0) || \
((FIFO) == CAN_FilterFIFO1))
/* Legacy defines */
#define CAN_FilterFIFO0 CAN_Filter_FIFO0
#define CAN_FilterFIFO1 CAN_Filter_FIFO1
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CAN_Start_bank_filter_for_slave_CAN
* @{
*/
#define IS_CAN_BANKNUMBER(BANKNUMBER) (((BANKNUMBER) >= 1) && ((BANKNUMBER) <= 27))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CAN_Tx
* @{
*/
#define IS_CAN_TRANSMITMAILBOX(TRANSMITMAILBOX) ((TRANSMITMAILBOX) <= ((uint8_t)0x02))
#define IS_CAN_STDID(STDID) ((STDID) <= ((uint32_t)0x7FF))
#define IS_CAN_EXTID(EXTID) ((EXTID) <= ((uint32_t)0x1FFFFFFF))
#define IS_CAN_DLC(DLC) ((DLC) <= ((uint8_t)0x08))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CAN_identifier_type
* @{
*/
#define CAN_Id_Standard ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Standard Id */
#define CAN_Id_Extended ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< Extended Id */
#define IS_CAN_IDTYPE(IDTYPE) (((IDTYPE) == CAN_Id_Standard) || \
((IDTYPE) == CAN_Id_Extended))
/* Legacy defines */
#define CAN_ID_STD CAN_Id_Standard
#define CAN_ID_EXT CAN_Id_Extended
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CAN_remote_transmission_request
* @{
*/
#define CAN_RTR_Data ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Data frame */
#define CAN_RTR_Remote ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< Remote frame */
#define IS_CAN_RTR(RTR) (((RTR) == CAN_RTR_Data) || ((RTR) == CAN_RTR_Remote))
/* Legacy defines */
#define CAN_RTR_DATA CAN_RTR_Data
#define CAN_RTR_REMOTE CAN_RTR_Remote
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CAN_transmit_constants
* @{
*/
#define CAN_TxStatus_Failed ((uint8_t)0x00)/*!< CAN transmission failed */
#define CAN_TxStatus_Ok ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< CAN transmission succeeded */
#define CAN_TxStatus_Pending ((uint8_t)0x02) /*!< CAN transmission pending */
#define CAN_TxStatus_NoMailBox ((uint8_t)0x04) /*!< CAN cell did not provide
an empty mailbox */
/* Legacy defines */
#define CANTXFAILED CAN_TxStatus_Failed
#define CANTXOK CAN_TxStatus_Ok
#define CANTXPENDING CAN_TxStatus_Pending
#define CAN_NO_MB CAN_TxStatus_NoMailBox
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CAN_receive_FIFO_number_constants
* @{
*/
#define CAN_FIFO0 ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< CAN FIFO 0 used to receive */
#define CAN_FIFO1 ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< CAN FIFO 1 used to receive */
#define IS_CAN_FIFO(FIFO) (((FIFO) == CAN_FIFO0) || ((FIFO) == CAN_FIFO1))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CAN_sleep_constants
* @{
*/
#define CAN_Sleep_Failed ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< CAN did not enter the sleep mode */
#define CAN_Sleep_Ok ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< CAN entered the sleep mode */
/* Legacy defines */
#define CANSLEEPFAILED CAN_Sleep_Failed
#define CANSLEEPOK CAN_Sleep_Ok
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CAN_wake_up_constants
* @{
*/
#define CAN_WakeUp_Failed ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< CAN did not leave the sleep mode */
#define CAN_WakeUp_Ok ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< CAN leaved the sleep mode */
/* Legacy defines */
#define CANWAKEUPFAILED CAN_WakeUp_Failed
#define CANWAKEUPOK CAN_WakeUp_Ok
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @defgroup CAN_Error_Code_constants
* @{
*/
#define CAN_ErrorCode_NoErr ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< No Error */
#define CAN_ErrorCode_StuffErr ((uint8_t)0x10) /*!< Stuff Error */
#define CAN_ErrorCode_FormErr ((uint8_t)0x20) /*!< Form Error */
#define CAN_ErrorCode_ACKErr ((uint8_t)0x30) /*!< Acknowledgment Error */
#define CAN_ErrorCode_BitRecessiveErr ((uint8_t)0x40) /*!< Bit Recessive Error */
#define CAN_ErrorCode_BitDominantErr ((uint8_t)0x50) /*!< Bit Dominant Error */
#define CAN_ErrorCode_CRCErr ((uint8_t)0x60) /*!< CRC Error */
#define CAN_ErrorCode_SoftwareSetErr ((uint8_t)0x70) /*!< Software Set Error */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CAN_flags
* @{
*/
/* If the flag is 0x3XXXXXXX, it means that it can be used with CAN_GetFlagStatus()
and CAN_ClearFlag() functions. */
/* If the flag is 0x1XXXXXXX, it means that it can only be used with
CAN_GetFlagStatus() function. */
/* Transmit Flags */
#define CAN_FLAG_RQCP0 ((uint32_t)0x38000001) /*!< Request MailBox0 Flag */
#define CAN_FLAG_RQCP1 ((uint32_t)0x38000100) /*!< Request MailBox1 Flag */
#define CAN_FLAG_RQCP2 ((uint32_t)0x38010000) /*!< Request MailBox2 Flag */
/* Receive Flags */
#define CAN_FLAG_FMP0 ((uint32_t)0x12000003) /*!< FIFO 0 Message Pending Flag */
#define CAN_FLAG_FF0 ((uint32_t)0x32000008) /*!< FIFO 0 Full Flag */
#define CAN_FLAG_FOV0 ((uint32_t)0x32000010) /*!< FIFO 0 Overrun Flag */
#define CAN_FLAG_FMP1 ((uint32_t)0x14000003) /*!< FIFO 1 Message Pending Flag */
#define CAN_FLAG_FF1 ((uint32_t)0x34000008) /*!< FIFO 1 Full Flag */
#define CAN_FLAG_FOV1 ((uint32_t)0x34000010) /*!< FIFO 1 Overrun Flag */
/* Operating Mode Flags */
#define CAN_FLAG_WKU ((uint32_t)0x31000008) /*!< Wake up Flag */
#define CAN_FLAG_SLAK ((uint32_t)0x31000012) /*!< Sleep acknowledge Flag */
/* @note When SLAK interrupt is disabled (SLKIE=0), no polling on SLAKI is possible.
In this case the SLAK bit can be polled.*/
/* Error Flags */
#define CAN_FLAG_EWG ((uint32_t)0x10F00001) /*!< Error Warning Flag */
#define CAN_FLAG_EPV ((uint32_t)0x10F00002) /*!< Error Passive Flag */
#define CAN_FLAG_BOF ((uint32_t)0x10F00004) /*!< Bus-Off Flag */
#define CAN_FLAG_LEC ((uint32_t)0x30F00070) /*!< Last error code Flag */
#define IS_CAN_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_LEC) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_BOF) || \
((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_EPV) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_EWG) || \
((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_WKU) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FOV0) || \
((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FF0) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FMP0) || \
((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FOV1) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FF1) || \
((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FMP1) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_RQCP2) || \
((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_RQCP1)|| ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_RQCP0) || \
((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_SLAK ))
#define IS_CAN_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG)(((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_LEC) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_RQCP2) || \
((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_RQCP1) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_RQCP0) || \
((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FF0) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FOV0) ||\
((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FF1) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FOV1) || \
((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_WKU) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_SLAK))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CAN_interrupts
* @{
*/
#define CAN_IT_TME ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< Transmit mailbox empty Interrupt*/
/* Receive Interrupts */
#define CAN_IT_FMP0 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< FIFO 0 message pending Interrupt*/
#define CAN_IT_FF0 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< FIFO 0 full Interrupt*/
#define CAN_IT_FOV0 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /*!< FIFO 0 overrun Interrupt*/
#define CAN_IT_FMP1 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /*!< FIFO 1 message pending Interrupt*/
#define CAN_IT_FF1 ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /*!< FIFO 1 full Interrupt*/
#define CAN_IT_FOV1 ((uint32_t)0x00000040) /*!< FIFO 1 overrun Interrupt*/
/* Operating Mode Interrupts */
#define CAN_IT_WKU ((uint32_t)0x00010000) /*!< Wake-up Interrupt*/
#define CAN_IT_SLK ((uint32_t)0x00020000) /*!< Sleep acknowledge Interrupt*/
/* Error Interrupts */
#define CAN_IT_EWG ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< Error warning Interrupt*/
#define CAN_IT_EPV ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< Error passive Interrupt*/
#define CAN_IT_BOF ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< Bus-off Interrupt*/
#define CAN_IT_LEC ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /*!< Last error code Interrupt*/
#define CAN_IT_ERR ((uint32_t)0x00008000) /*!< Error Interrupt*/
/* Flags named as Interrupts : kept only for FW compatibility */
#define CAN_IT_RQCP0 CAN_IT_TME
#define CAN_IT_RQCP1 CAN_IT_TME
#define CAN_IT_RQCP2 CAN_IT_TME
#define IS_CAN_IT(IT) (((IT) == CAN_IT_TME) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_FMP0) ||\
((IT) == CAN_IT_FF0) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_FOV0) ||\
((IT) == CAN_IT_FMP1) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_FF1) ||\
((IT) == CAN_IT_FOV1) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_EWG) ||\
((IT) == CAN_IT_EPV) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_BOF) ||\
((IT) == CAN_IT_LEC) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_ERR) ||\
((IT) == CAN_IT_WKU) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_SLK))
#define IS_CAN_CLEAR_IT(IT) (((IT) == CAN_IT_TME) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_FF0) ||\
((IT) == CAN_IT_FOV0)|| ((IT) == CAN_IT_FF1) ||\
((IT) == CAN_IT_FOV1)|| ((IT) == CAN_IT_EWG) ||\
((IT) == CAN_IT_EPV) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_BOF) ||\
((IT) == CAN_IT_LEC) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_ERR) ||\
((IT) == CAN_IT_WKU) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_SLK))
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Function used to set the CAN configuration to the default reset state *****/
void CAN_DeInit(CAN_TypeDef* CANx);
/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/
uint8_t CAN_Init(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, CAN_InitTypeDef* CAN_InitStruct);
void CAN_FilterInit(CAN_FilterInitTypeDef* CAN_FilterInitStruct);
void CAN_StructInit(CAN_InitTypeDef* CAN_InitStruct);
void CAN_SlaveStartBank(uint8_t CAN_BankNumber);
void CAN_DBGFreeze(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, FunctionalState NewState);
void CAN_TTComModeCmd(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, FunctionalState NewState);
/* CAN Frames Transmission functions ******************************************/
uint8_t CAN_Transmit(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, CanTxMsg* TxMessage);
uint8_t CAN_TransmitStatus(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t TransmitMailbox);
void CAN_CancelTransmit(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t Mailbox);
/* CAN Frames Reception functions *********************************************/
void CAN_Receive(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t FIFONumber, CanRxMsg* RxMessage);
void CAN_FIFORelease(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t FIFONumber);
uint8_t CAN_MessagePending(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t FIFONumber);
/* Operation modes functions **************************************************/
uint8_t CAN_OperatingModeRequest(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t CAN_OperatingMode);
uint8_t CAN_Sleep(CAN_TypeDef* CANx);
uint8_t CAN_WakeUp(CAN_TypeDef* CANx);
/* CAN Bus Error management functions *****************************************/
uint8_t CAN_GetLastErrorCode(CAN_TypeDef* CANx);
uint8_t CAN_GetReceiveErrorCounter(CAN_TypeDef* CANx);
uint8_t CAN_GetLSBTransmitErrorCounter(CAN_TypeDef* CANx);
/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/
void CAN_ITConfig(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CAN_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
FlagStatus CAN_GetFlagStatus(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CAN_FLAG);
void CAN_ClearFlag(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CAN_FLAG);
ITStatus CAN_GetITStatus(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CAN_IT);
void CAN_ClearITPendingBit(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CAN_IT);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __STM32F4xx_CAN_H */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

83
flight/pios/stm32f4xx/libraries/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_crc.h.bak
View File

@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_crc.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.1.0
* @date 11-January-2013
* @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the CRC firmware
* library.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2013 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
* You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at:
*
* http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM32F4xx_CRC_H
#define __STM32F4xx_CRC_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup CRC
* @{
*/
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup CRC_Exported_Constants
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
void CRC_ResetDR(void);
uint32_t CRC_CalcCRC(uint32_t Data);
uint32_t CRC_CalcBlockCRC(uint32_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength);
uint32_t CRC_GetCRC(void);
void CRC_SetIDRegister(uint8_t IDValue);
uint8_t CRC_GetIDRegister(void);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __STM32F4xx_CRC_H */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

384
flight/pios/stm32f4xx/libraries/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_cryp.h.bak
View File

@ -1,384 +0,0 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_cryp.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.1.0
* @date 11-January-2013
* @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the Cryptographic
* processor(CRYP) firmware library.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2013 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
* You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at:
*
* http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM32F4xx_CRYP_H
#define __STM32F4xx_CRYP_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup CRYP
* @{
*/
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* @brief CRYP Init structure definition
*/
typedef struct
{
uint32_t CRYP_AlgoDir; /*!< Encrypt or Decrypt. This parameter can be a
value of @ref CRYP_Algorithm_Direction */
uint32_t CRYP_AlgoMode; /*!< TDES-ECB, TDES-CBC, DES-ECB, DES-CBC, AES-ECB,
AES-CBC, AES-CTR, AES-Key, AES-GCM and AES-CCM.
This parameter can be a value of @ref CRYP_Algorithm_Mode */
uint32_t CRYP_DataType; /*!< 32-bit data, 16-bit data, bit data or bit string.
This parameter can be a value of @ref CRYP_Data_Type */
uint32_t CRYP_KeySize; /*!< Used only in AES mode only : 128, 192 or 256 bit
key length. This parameter can be a value of
@ref CRYP_Key_Size_for_AES_only */
}CRYP_InitTypeDef;
/**
* @brief CRYP Key(s) structure definition
*/
typedef struct
{
uint32_t CRYP_Key0Left; /*!< Key 0 Left */
uint32_t CRYP_Key0Right; /*!< Key 0 Right */
uint32_t CRYP_Key1Left; /*!< Key 1 left */
uint32_t CRYP_Key1Right; /*!< Key 1 Right */
uint32_t CRYP_Key2Left; /*!< Key 2 left */
uint32_t CRYP_Key2Right; /*!< Key 2 Right */
uint32_t CRYP_Key3Left; /*!< Key 3 left */
uint32_t CRYP_Key3Right; /*!< Key 3 Right */
}CRYP_KeyInitTypeDef;
/**
* @brief CRYP Initialization Vectors (IV) structure definition
*/
typedef struct
{
uint32_t CRYP_IV0Left; /*!< Init Vector 0 Left */
uint32_t CRYP_IV0Right; /*!< Init Vector 0 Right */
uint32_t CRYP_IV1Left; /*!< Init Vector 1 left */
uint32_t CRYP_IV1Right; /*!< Init Vector 1 Right */
}CRYP_IVInitTypeDef;
/**
* @brief CRYP context swapping structure definition
*/
typedef struct
{
/*!< Current Configuration */
uint32_t CR_CurrentConfig;
/*!< IV */
uint32_t CRYP_IV0LR;
uint32_t CRYP_IV0RR;
uint32_t CRYP_IV1LR;
uint32_t CRYP_IV1RR;
/*!< KEY */
uint32_t CRYP_K0LR;
uint32_t CRYP_K0RR;
uint32_t CRYP_K1LR;
uint32_t CRYP_K1RR;
uint32_t CRYP_K2LR;
uint32_t CRYP_K2RR;
uint32_t CRYP_K3LR;
uint32_t CRYP_K3RR;
uint32_t CRYP_CSGCMCCMR[8];
uint32_t CRYP_CSGCMR[8];
}CRYP_Context;
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup CRYP_Exported_Constants
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup CRYP_Algorithm_Direction
* @{
*/
#define CRYP_AlgoDir_Encrypt ((uint16_t)0x0000)
#define CRYP_AlgoDir_Decrypt ((uint16_t)0x0004)
#define IS_CRYP_ALGODIR(ALGODIR) (((ALGODIR) == CRYP_AlgoDir_Encrypt) || \
((ALGODIR) == CRYP_AlgoDir_Decrypt))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CRYP_Algorithm_Mode
* @{
*/
/*!< TDES Modes */
#define CRYP_AlgoMode_TDES_ECB ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
#define CRYP_AlgoMode_TDES_CBC ((uint32_t)0x00000008)
/*!< DES Modes */
#define CRYP_AlgoMode_DES_ECB ((uint32_t)0x00000010)
#define CRYP_AlgoMode_DES_CBC ((uint32_t)0x00000018)
/*!< AES Modes */
#define CRYP_AlgoMode_AES_ECB ((uint32_t)0x00000020)
#define CRYP_AlgoMode_AES_CBC ((uint32_t)0x00000028)
#define CRYP_AlgoMode_AES_CTR ((uint32_t)0x00000030)
#define CRYP_AlgoMode_AES_Key ((uint32_t)0x00000038)
#define CRYP_AlgoMode_AES_GCM ((uint32_t)0x00080000)
#define CRYP_AlgoMode_AES_CCM ((uint32_t)0x00080008)
#define IS_CRYP_ALGOMODE(ALGOMODE) (((ALGOMODE) == CRYP_AlgoMode_TDES_ECB) || \
((ALGOMODE) == CRYP_AlgoMode_TDES_CBC)|| \
((ALGOMODE) == CRYP_AlgoMode_DES_ECB) || \
((ALGOMODE) == CRYP_AlgoMode_DES_CBC) || \
((ALGOMODE) == CRYP_AlgoMode_AES_ECB) || \
((ALGOMODE) == CRYP_AlgoMode_AES_CBC) || \
((ALGOMODE) == CRYP_AlgoMode_AES_CTR) || \
((ALGOMODE) == CRYP_AlgoMode_AES_Key) || \
((ALGOMODE) == CRYP_AlgoMode_AES_GCM) || \
((ALGOMODE) == CRYP_AlgoMode_AES_CCM))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CRYP_Phase
* @{
*/
/*!< The phases are valid only for AES-GCM and AES-CCM modes */
#define CRYP_Phase_Init ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
#define CRYP_Phase_Header CRYP_CR_GCM_CCMPH_0
#define CRYP_Phase_Payload CRYP_CR_GCM_CCMPH_1
#define CRYP_Phase_Final CRYP_CR_GCM_CCMPH
#define IS_CRYP_PHASE(PHASE) (((PHASE) == CRYP_Phase_Init) || \
((PHASE) == CRYP_Phase_Header) || \
((PHASE) == CRYP_Phase_Payload) || \
((PHASE) == CRYP_Phase_Final))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CRYP_Data_Type
* @{
*/
#define CRYP_DataType_32b ((uint16_t)0x0000)
#define CRYP_DataType_16b ((uint16_t)0x0040)
#define CRYP_DataType_8b ((uint16_t)0x0080)
#define CRYP_DataType_1b ((uint16_t)0x00C0)
#define IS_CRYP_DATATYPE(DATATYPE) (((DATATYPE) == CRYP_DataType_32b) || \
((DATATYPE) == CRYP_DataType_16b)|| \
((DATATYPE) == CRYP_DataType_8b)|| \
((DATATYPE) == CRYP_DataType_1b))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CRYP_Key_Size_for_AES_only
* @{
*/
#define CRYP_KeySize_128b ((uint16_t)0x0000)
#define CRYP_KeySize_192b ((uint16_t)0x0100)
#define CRYP_KeySize_256b ((uint16_t)0x0200)
#define IS_CRYP_KEYSIZE(KEYSIZE) (((KEYSIZE) == CRYP_KeySize_128b)|| \
((KEYSIZE) == CRYP_KeySize_192b)|| \
((KEYSIZE) == CRYP_KeySize_256b))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CRYP_flags_definition
* @{
*/
#define CRYP_FLAG_BUSY ((uint8_t)0x10) /*!< The CRYP core is currently
processing a block of data
or a key preparation (for
AES decryption). */
#define CRYP_FLAG_IFEM ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< Input Fifo Empty */
#define CRYP_FLAG_IFNF ((uint8_t)0x02) /*!< Input Fifo is Not Full */
#define CRYP_FLAG_INRIS ((uint8_t)0x22) /*!< Raw interrupt pending */
#define CRYP_FLAG_OFNE ((uint8_t)0x04) /*!< Input Fifo service raw
interrupt status */
#define CRYP_FLAG_OFFU ((uint8_t)0x08) /*!< Output Fifo is Full */
#define CRYP_FLAG_OUTRIS ((uint8_t)0x21) /*!< Output Fifo service raw
interrupt status */
#define IS_CRYP_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == CRYP_FLAG_IFEM) || \
((FLAG) == CRYP_FLAG_IFNF) || \
((FLAG) == CRYP_FLAG_OFNE) || \
((FLAG) == CRYP_FLAG_OFFU) || \
((FLAG) == CRYP_FLAG_BUSY) || \
((FLAG) == CRYP_FLAG_OUTRIS)|| \
((FLAG) == CRYP_FLAG_INRIS))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CRYP_interrupts_definition
* @{
*/
#define CRYP_IT_INI ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< IN Fifo Interrupt */
#define CRYP_IT_OUTI ((uint8_t)0x02) /*!< OUT Fifo Interrupt */
#define IS_CRYP_CONFIG_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint8_t)0xFC) == 0x00) && ((IT) != 0x00))
#define IS_CRYP_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == CRYP_IT_INI) || ((IT) == CRYP_IT_OUTI))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CRYP_Encryption_Decryption_modes_definition
* @{
*/
#define MODE_ENCRYPT ((uint8_t)0x01)
#define MODE_DECRYPT ((uint8_t)0x00)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CRYP_DMA_transfer_requests
* @{
*/
#define CRYP_DMAReq_DataIN ((uint8_t)0x01)
#define CRYP_DMAReq_DataOUT ((uint8_t)0x02)
#define IS_CRYP_DMAREQ(DMAREQ) ((((DMAREQ) & (uint8_t)0xFC) == 0x00) && ((DMAREQ) != 0x00))
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Function used to set the CRYP configuration to the default reset state ****/
void CRYP_DeInit(void);
/* CRYP Initialization and Configuration functions ****************************/
void CRYP_Init(CRYP_InitTypeDef* CRYP_InitStruct);
void CRYP_StructInit(CRYP_InitTypeDef* CRYP_InitStruct);
void CRYP_KeyInit(CRYP_KeyInitTypeDef* CRYP_KeyInitStruct);
void CRYP_KeyStructInit(CRYP_KeyInitTypeDef* CRYP_KeyInitStruct);
void CRYP_IVInit(CRYP_IVInitTypeDef* CRYP_IVInitStruct);
void CRYP_IVStructInit(CRYP_IVInitTypeDef* CRYP_IVInitStruct);
void CRYP_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState);
void CRYP_PhaseConfig(uint32_t CRYP_Phase);
void CRYP_FIFOFlush(void);
/* CRYP Data processing functions *********************************************/
void CRYP_DataIn(uint32_t Data);
uint32_t CRYP_DataOut(void);
/* CRYP Context swapping functions ********************************************/
ErrorStatus CRYP_SaveContext(CRYP_Context* CRYP_ContextSave,
CRYP_KeyInitTypeDef* CRYP_KeyInitStruct);
void CRYP_RestoreContext(CRYP_Context* CRYP_ContextRestore);
/* CRYP DMA interface function ************************************************/
void CRYP_DMACmd(uint8_t CRYP_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState);
/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/
void CRYP_ITConfig(uint8_t CRYP_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
ITStatus CRYP_GetITStatus(uint8_t CRYP_IT);
FunctionalState CRYP_GetCmdStatus(void);
FlagStatus CRYP_GetFlagStatus(uint8_t CRYP_FLAG);
/* High Level AES functions **************************************************/
ErrorStatus CRYP_AES_ECB(uint8_t Mode,
uint8_t *Key, uint16_t Keysize,
uint8_t *Input, uint32_t Ilength,
uint8_t *Output);
ErrorStatus CRYP_AES_CBC(uint8_t Mode,
uint8_t InitVectors[16],
uint8_t *Key, uint16_t Keysize,
uint8_t *Input, uint32_t Ilength,
uint8_t *Output);
ErrorStatus CRYP_AES_CTR(uint8_t Mode,
uint8_t InitVectors[16],
uint8_t *Key, uint16_t Keysize,
uint8_t *Input, uint32_t Ilength,
uint8_t *Output);
ErrorStatus CRYP_AES_GCM(uint8_t Mode, uint8_t InitVectors[16],
uint8_t *Key, uint16_t Keysize,
uint8_t *Input, uint32_t ILength,
uint8_t *Header, uint32_t HLength,
uint8_t *Output, uint8_t *AuthTAG);
ErrorStatus CRYP_AES_CCM(uint8_t Mode,
uint8_t* Nonce, uint32_t NonceSize,
uint8_t* Key, uint16_t Keysize,
uint8_t* Input, uint32_t ILength,
uint8_t* Header, uint32_t HLength, uint8_t *HBuffer,
uint8_t* Output,
uint8_t* AuthTAG, uint32_t TAGSize);
/* High Level TDES functions **************************************************/
ErrorStatus CRYP_TDES_ECB(uint8_t Mode,
uint8_t Key[24],
uint8_t *Input, uint32_t Ilength,
uint8_t *Output);
ErrorStatus CRYP_TDES_CBC(uint8_t Mode,
uint8_t Key[24],
uint8_t InitVectors[8],
uint8_t *Input, uint32_t Ilength,
uint8_t *Output);
/* High Level DES functions **************************************************/
ErrorStatus CRYP_DES_ECB(uint8_t Mode,
uint8_t Key[8],
uint8_t *Input, uint32_t Ilength,
uint8_t *Output);
ErrorStatus CRYP_DES_CBC(uint8_t Mode,
uint8_t Key[8],
uint8_t InitVectors[8],
uint8_t *Input,uint32_t Ilength,
uint8_t *Output);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /*__STM32F4xx_CRYP_H */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

183
flight/pios/stm32f4xx/libraries/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_exti.h.bak
View File

@ -1,183 +0,0 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_exti.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.1.0
* @date 11-January-2013
* @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the EXTI firmware
* library.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2013 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
* You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at:
*
* http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM32F4xx_EXTI_H
#define __STM32F4xx_EXTI_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup EXTI
* @{
*/
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* @brief EXTI mode enumeration
*/
typedef enum
{
EXTI_Mode_Interrupt = 0x00,
EXTI_Mode_Event = 0x04
}EXTIMode_TypeDef;
#define IS_EXTI_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == EXTI_Mode_Interrupt) || ((MODE) == EXTI_Mode_Event))
/**
* @brief EXTI Trigger enumeration
*/
typedef enum
{
EXTI_Trigger_Rising = 0x08,
EXTI_Trigger_Falling = 0x0C,
EXTI_Trigger_Rising_Falling = 0x10
}EXTITrigger_TypeDef;
#define IS_EXTI_TRIGGER(TRIGGER) (((TRIGGER) == EXTI_Trigger_Rising) || \
((TRIGGER) == EXTI_Trigger_Falling) || \
((TRIGGER) == EXTI_Trigger_Rising_Falling))
/**
* @brief EXTI Init Structure definition
*/
typedef struct
{
uint32_t EXTI_Line; /*!< Specifies the EXTI lines to be enabled or disabled.
This parameter can be any combination value of @ref EXTI_Lines */
EXTIMode_TypeDef EXTI_Mode; /*!< Specifies the mode for the EXTI lines.
This parameter can be a value of @ref EXTIMode_TypeDef */
EXTITrigger_TypeDef EXTI_Trigger; /*!< Specifies the trigger signal active edge for the EXTI lines.
This parameter can be a value of @ref EXTITrigger_TypeDef */
FunctionalState EXTI_LineCmd; /*!< Specifies the new state of the selected EXTI lines.
This parameter can be set either to ENABLE or DISABLE */
}EXTI_InitTypeDef;
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup EXTI_Exported_Constants
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup EXTI_Lines
* @{
*/
#define EXTI_Line0 ((uint32_t)0x00001) /*!< External interrupt line 0 */
#define EXTI_Line1 ((uint32_t)0x00002) /*!< External interrupt line 1 */
#define EXTI_Line2 ((uint32_t)0x00004) /*!< External interrupt line 2 */
#define EXTI_Line3 ((uint32_t)0x00008) /*!< External interrupt line 3 */
#define EXTI_Line4 ((uint32_t)0x00010) /*!< External interrupt line 4 */
#define EXTI_Line5 ((uint32_t)0x00020) /*!< External interrupt line 5 */
#define EXTI_Line6 ((uint32_t)0x00040) /*!< External interrupt line 6 */
#define EXTI_Line7 ((uint32_t)0x00080) /*!< External interrupt line 7 */
#define EXTI_Line8 ((uint32_t)0x00100) /*!< External interrupt line 8 */
#define EXTI_Line9 ((uint32_t)0x00200) /*!< External interrupt line 9 */
#define EXTI_Line10 ((uint32_t)0x00400) /*!< External interrupt line 10 */
#define EXTI_Line11 ((uint32_t)0x00800) /*!< External interrupt line 11 */
#define EXTI_Line12 ((uint32_t)0x01000) /*!< External interrupt line 12 */
#define EXTI_Line13 ((uint32_t)0x02000) /*!< External interrupt line 13 */
#define EXTI_Line14 ((uint32_t)0x04000) /*!< External interrupt line 14 */
#define EXTI_Line15 ((uint32_t)0x08000) /*!< External interrupt line 15 */
#define EXTI_Line16 ((uint32_t)0x10000) /*!< External interrupt line 16 Connected to the PVD Output */
#define EXTI_Line17 ((uint32_t)0x20000) /*!< External interrupt line 17 Connected to the RTC Alarm event */
#define EXTI_Line18 ((uint32_t)0x40000) /*!< External interrupt line 18 Connected to the USB OTG FS Wakeup from suspend event */
#define EXTI_Line19 ((uint32_t)0x80000) /*!< External interrupt line 19 Connected to the Ethernet Wakeup event */
#define EXTI_Line20 ((uint32_t)0x00100000) /*!< External interrupt line 20 Connected to the USB OTG HS (configured in FS) Wakeup event */
#define EXTI_Line21 ((uint32_t)0x00200000) /*!< External interrupt line 21 Connected to the RTC Tamper and Time Stamp events */
#define EXTI_Line22 ((uint32_t)0x00400000) /*!< External interrupt line 22 Connected to the RTC Wakeup event */
#define IS_EXTI_LINE(LINE) ((((LINE) & (uint32_t)0xFF800000) == 0x00) && ((LINE) != (uint16_t)0x00))
#define IS_GET_EXTI_LINE(LINE) (((LINE) == EXTI_Line0) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line1) || \
((LINE) == EXTI_Line2) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line3) || \
((LINE) == EXTI_Line4) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line5) || \
((LINE) == EXTI_Line6) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line7) || \
((LINE) == EXTI_Line8) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line9) || \
((LINE) == EXTI_Line10) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line11) || \
((LINE) == EXTI_Line12) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line13) || \
((LINE) == EXTI_Line14) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line15) || \
((LINE) == EXTI_Line16) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line17) || \
((LINE) == EXTI_Line18) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line19) || \
((LINE) == EXTI_Line20) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line21) ||\
((LINE) == EXTI_Line22))
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Function used to set the EXTI configuration to the default reset state *****/
void EXTI_DeInit(void);
/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/
void EXTI_Init(const EXTI_InitTypeDef* EXTI_InitStruct);
void EXTI_StructInit(EXTI_InitTypeDef* EXTI_InitStruct);
void EXTI_GenerateSWInterrupt(uint32_t EXTI_Line);
/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/
FlagStatus EXTI_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t EXTI_Line);
void EXTI_ClearFlag(uint32_t EXTI_Line);
ITStatus EXTI_GetITStatus(uint32_t EXTI_Line);
void EXTI_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t EXTI_Line);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __STM32F4xx_EXTI_H */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

423
flight/pios/stm32f4xx/libraries/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_gpio.h.bak
View File

@ -1,423 +0,0 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_gpio.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.1.0
* @date 11-January-2013
* @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the GPIO firmware
* library.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2013 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
* You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at:
*
* http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM32F4xx_GPIO_H
#define __STM32F4xx_GPIO_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup GPIO
* @{
*/
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
#define IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == GPIOA) || \
((PERIPH) == GPIOB) || \
((PERIPH) == GPIOC) || \
((PERIPH) == GPIOD) || \
((PERIPH) == GPIOE) || \
((PERIPH) == GPIOF) || \
((PERIPH) == GPIOG) || \
((PERIPH) == GPIOH) || \
((PERIPH) == GPIOI))
/**
* @brief GPIO Configuration Mode enumeration
*/
typedef enum
{
GPIO_Mode_IN = 0x00, /*!< GPIO Input Mode */
GPIO_Mode_OUT = 0x01, /*!< GPIO Output Mode */
GPIO_Mode_AF = 0x02, /*!< GPIO Alternate function Mode */
GPIO_Mode_AN = 0x03 /*!< GPIO Analog Mode */
}GPIOMode_TypeDef;
#define IS_GPIO_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == GPIO_Mode_IN) || ((MODE) == GPIO_Mode_OUT) || \
((MODE) == GPIO_Mode_AF)|| ((MODE) == GPIO_Mode_AN))
/**
* @brief GPIO Output type enumeration
*/
typedef enum
{
GPIO_OType_PP = 0x00,
GPIO_OType_OD = 0x01
}GPIOOType_TypeDef;
#define IS_GPIO_OTYPE(OTYPE) (((OTYPE) == GPIO_OType_PP) || ((OTYPE) == GPIO_OType_OD))
/**
* @brief GPIO Output Maximum frequency enumeration
*/
typedef enum
{
GPIO_Speed_2MHz = 0x00, /*!< Low speed */
GPIO_Speed_25MHz = 0x01, /*!< Medium speed */
GPIO_Speed_50MHz = 0x02, /*!< Fast speed */
GPIO_Speed_100MHz = 0x03 /*!< High speed on 30 pF (80 MHz Output max speed on 15 pF) */
}GPIOSpeed_TypeDef;
#define IS_GPIO_SPEED(SPEED) (((SPEED) == GPIO_Speed_2MHz) || ((SPEED) == GPIO_Speed_25MHz) || \
((SPEED) == GPIO_Speed_50MHz)|| ((SPEED) == GPIO_Speed_100MHz))
/**
* @brief GPIO Configuration PullUp PullDown enumeration
*/
typedef enum
{
GPIO_PuPd_NOPULL = 0x00,
GPIO_PuPd_UP = 0x01,
GPIO_PuPd_DOWN = 0x02
}GPIOPuPd_TypeDef;
#define IS_GPIO_PUPD(PUPD) (((PUPD) == GPIO_PuPd_NOPULL) || ((PUPD) == GPIO_PuPd_UP) || \
((PUPD) == GPIO_PuPd_DOWN))
/**
* @brief GPIO Bit SET and Bit RESET enumeration
*/
typedef enum
{
Bit_RESET = 0,
Bit_SET
}BitAction;
#define IS_GPIO_BIT_ACTION(ACTION) (((ACTION) == Bit_RESET) || ((ACTION) == Bit_SET))
/**
* @brief GPIO Init structure definition
*/
typedef struct
{
uint32_t GPIO_Pin; /*!< Specifies the GPIO pins to be configured.
This parameter can be any value of @ref GPIO_pins_define */
GPIOMode_TypeDef GPIO_Mode; /*!< Specifies the operating mode for the selected pins.
This parameter can be a value of @ref GPIOMode_TypeDef */
GPIOSpeed_TypeDef GPIO_Speed; /*!< Specifies the speed for the selected pins.
This parameter can be a value of @ref GPIOSpeed_TypeDef */
GPIOOType_TypeDef GPIO_OType; /*!< Specifies the operating output type for the selected pins.
This parameter can be a value of @ref GPIOOType_TypeDef */
GPIOPuPd_TypeDef GPIO_PuPd; /*!< Specifies the operating Pull-up/Pull down for the selected pins.
This parameter can be a value of @ref GPIOPuPd_TypeDef */
}GPIO_InitTypeDef;
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Constants
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup GPIO_pins_define
* @{
*/
#define GPIO_Pin_0 ((uint16_t)0x0001) /* Pin 0 selected */
#define GPIO_Pin_1 ((uint16_t)0x0002) /* Pin 1 selected */
#define GPIO_Pin_2 ((uint16_t)0x0004) /* Pin 2 selected */
#define GPIO_Pin_3 ((uint16_t)0x0008) /* Pin 3 selected */
#define GPIO_Pin_4 ((uint16_t)0x0010) /* Pin 4 selected */
#define GPIO_Pin_5 ((uint16_t)0x0020) /* Pin 5 selected */
#define GPIO_Pin_6 ((uint16_t)0x0040) /* Pin 6 selected */
#define GPIO_Pin_7 ((uint16_t)0x0080) /* Pin 7 selected */
#define GPIO_Pin_8 ((uint16_t)0x0100) /* Pin 8 selected */
#define GPIO_Pin_9 ((uint16_t)0x0200) /* Pin 9 selected */
#define GPIO_Pin_10 ((uint16_t)0x0400) /* Pin 10 selected */
#define GPIO_Pin_11 ((uint16_t)0x0800) /* Pin 11 selected */
#define GPIO_Pin_12 ((uint16_t)0x1000) /* Pin 12 selected */
#define GPIO_Pin_13 ((uint16_t)0x2000) /* Pin 13 selected */
#define GPIO_Pin_14 ((uint16_t)0x4000) /* Pin 14 selected */
#define GPIO_Pin_15 ((uint16_t)0x8000) /* Pin 15 selected */
#define GPIO_Pin_All ((uint16_t)0xFFFF) /* All pins selected */
#define IS_GPIO_PIN(PIN) ((((PIN) & (uint16_t)0x00) == 0x00) && ((PIN) != (uint16_t)0x00))
#define IS_GET_GPIO_PIN(PIN) (((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_0) || \
((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_1) || \
((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_2) || \
((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_3) || \
((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_4) || \
((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_5) || \
((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_6) || \
((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_7) || \
((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_8) || \
((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_9) || \
((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_10) || \
((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_11) || \
((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_12) || \
((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_13) || \
((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_14) || \
((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_15))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup GPIO_Pin_sources
* @{
*/
#define GPIO_PinSource0 ((uint8_t)0x00)
#define GPIO_PinSource1 ((uint8_t)0x01)
#define GPIO_PinSource2 ((uint8_t)0x02)
#define GPIO_PinSource3 ((uint8_t)0x03)
#define GPIO_PinSource4 ((uint8_t)0x04)
#define GPIO_PinSource5 ((uint8_t)0x05)
#define GPIO_PinSource6 ((uint8_t)0x06)
#define GPIO_PinSource7 ((uint8_t)0x07)
#define GPIO_PinSource8 ((uint8_t)0x08)
#define GPIO_PinSource9 ((uint8_t)0x09)
#define GPIO_PinSource10 ((uint8_t)0x0A)
#define GPIO_PinSource11 ((uint8_t)0x0B)
#define GPIO_PinSource12 ((uint8_t)0x0C)
#define GPIO_PinSource13 ((uint8_t)0x0D)
#define GPIO_PinSource14 ((uint8_t)0x0E)
#define GPIO_PinSource15 ((uint8_t)0x0F)
#define IS_GPIO_PIN_SOURCE(PINSOURCE) (((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource0) || \
((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource1) || \
((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource2) || \
((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource3) || \
((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource4) || \
((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource5) || \
((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource6) || \
((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource7) || \
((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource8) || \
((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource9) || \
((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource10) || \
((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource11) || \
((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource12) || \
((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource13) || \
((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource14) || \
((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource15))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup GPIO_Alternat_function_selection_define
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief AF 0 selection
*/
#define GPIO_AF_RTC_50Hz ((uint8_t)0x00) /* RTC_50Hz Alternate Function mapping */
#define GPIO_AF_MCO ((uint8_t)0x00) /* MCO (MCO1 and MCO2) Alternate Function mapping */
#define GPIO_AF_TAMPER ((uint8_t)0x00) /* TAMPER (TAMPER_1 and TAMPER_2) Alternate Function mapping */
#define GPIO_AF_SWJ ((uint8_t)0x00) /* SWJ (SWD and JTAG) Alternate Function mapping */
#define GPIO_AF_TRACE ((uint8_t)0x00) /* TRACE Alternate Function mapping */
/**
* @brief AF 1 selection
*/
#define GPIO_AF_TIM1 ((uint8_t)0x01) /* TIM1 Alternate Function mapping */
#define GPIO_AF_TIM2 ((uint8_t)0x01) /* TIM2 Alternate Function mapping */
/**
* @brief AF 2 selection
*/
#define GPIO_AF_TIM3 ((uint8_t)0x02) /* TIM3 Alternate Function mapping */
#define GPIO_AF_TIM4 ((uint8_t)0x02) /* TIM4 Alternate Function mapping */
#define GPIO_AF_TIM5 ((uint8_t)0x02) /* TIM5 Alternate Function mapping */
/**
* @brief AF 3 selection
*/
#define GPIO_AF_TIM8 ((uint8_t)0x03) /* TIM8 Alternate Function mapping */
#define GPIO_AF_TIM9 ((uint8_t)0x03) /* TIM9 Alternate Function mapping */
#define GPIO_AF_TIM10 ((uint8_t)0x03) /* TIM10 Alternate Function mapping */
#define GPIO_AF_TIM11 ((uint8_t)0x03) /* TIM11 Alternate Function mapping */
/**
* @brief AF 4 selection
*/
#define GPIO_AF_I2C1 ((uint8_t)0x04) /* I2C1 Alternate Function mapping */
#define GPIO_AF_I2C2 ((uint8_t)0x04) /* I2C2 Alternate Function mapping */
#define GPIO_AF_I2C3 ((uint8_t)0x04) /* I2C3 Alternate Function mapping */
/**
* @brief AF 5 selection
*/
#define GPIO_AF_SPI1 ((uint8_t)0x05) /* SPI1 Alternate Function mapping */
#define GPIO_AF_SPI2 ((uint8_t)0x05) /* SPI2/I2S2 Alternate Function mapping */
#define GPIO_AF_SPI4 ((uint8_t)0x05) /* SPI4 Alternate Function mapping */
#define GPIO_AF_SPI5 ((uint8_t)0x05) /* SPI5 Alternate Function mapping */
#define GPIO_AF_SPI6 ((uint8_t)0x05) /* SPI6 Alternate Function mapping */
/**
* @brief AF 6 selection
*/
#define GPIO_AF_SPI3 ((uint8_t)0x06) /* SPI3/I2S3 Alternate Function mapping */
/**
* @brief AF 7 selection
*/
#define GPIO_AF_USART1 ((uint8_t)0x07) /* USART1 Alternate Function mapping */
#define GPIO_AF_USART2 ((uint8_t)0x07) /* USART2 Alternate Function mapping */
#define GPIO_AF_USART3 ((uint8_t)0x07) /* USART3 Alternate Function mapping */
#define GPIO_AF_I2S3ext ((uint8_t)0x07) /* I2S3ext Alternate Function mapping */
/**
* @brief AF 8 selection
*/
#define GPIO_AF_UART4 ((uint8_t)0x08) /* UART4 Alternate Function mapping */
#define GPIO_AF_UART5 ((uint8_t)0x08) /* UART5 Alternate Function mapping */
#define GPIO_AF_USART6 ((uint8_t)0x08) /* USART6 Alternate Function mapping */
#define GPIO_AF_UART7 ((uint8_t)0x08) /* UART7 Alternate Function mapping */
#define GPIO_AF_UART8 ((uint8_t)0x08) /* UART8 Alternate Function mapping */
/**
* @brief AF 9 selection
*/
#define GPIO_AF_CAN1 ((uint8_t)0x09) /* CAN1 Alternate Function mapping */
#define GPIO_AF_CAN2 ((uint8_t)0x09) /* CAN2 Alternate Function mapping */
#define GPIO_AF_TIM12 ((uint8_t)0x09) /* TIM12 Alternate Function mapping */
#define GPIO_AF_TIM13 ((uint8_t)0x09) /* TIM13 Alternate Function mapping */
#define GPIO_AF_TIM14 ((uint8_t)0x09) /* TIM14 Alternate Function mapping */
/**
* @brief AF 10 selection
*/
#define GPIO_AF_OTG_FS ((uint8_t)0xA) /* OTG_FS Alternate Function mapping */
#define GPIO_AF_OTG_HS ((uint8_t)0xA) /* OTG_HS Alternate Function mapping */
/**
* @brief AF 11 selection
*/
#define GPIO_AF_ETH ((uint8_t)0x0B) /* ETHERNET Alternate Function mapping */
/**
* @brief AF 12 selection
*/
#define GPIO_AF_FSMC ((uint8_t)0xC) /* FSMC Alternate Function mapping */
#define GPIO_AF_OTG_HS_FS ((uint8_t)0xC) /* OTG HS configured in FS, Alternate Function mapping */
#define GPIO_AF_SDIO ((uint8_t)0xC) /* SDIO Alternate Function mapping */
/**
* @brief AF 13 selection
*/
#define GPIO_AF_DCMI ((uint8_t)0x0D) /* DCMI Alternate Function mapping */
/**
* @brief AF 15 selection
*/
#define GPIO_AF_EVENTOUT ((uint8_t)0x0F) /* EVENTOUT Alternate Function mapping */
#define IS_GPIO_AF(AF) (((AF) == GPIO_AF_RTC_50Hz) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM14) || \
((AF) == GPIO_AF_MCO) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TAMPER) || \
((AF) == GPIO_AF_SWJ) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TRACE) || \
((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM1) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM2) || \
((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM3) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM4) || \
((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM5) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM8) || \
((AF) == GPIO_AF_I2C1) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_I2C2) || \
((AF) == GPIO_AF_I2C3) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_SPI1) || \
((AF) == GPIO_AF_SPI2) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM13) || \
((AF) == GPIO_AF_SPI3) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM14) || \
((AF) == GPIO_AF_USART1) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_USART2) || \
((AF) == GPIO_AF_USART3) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_UART4) || \
((AF) == GPIO_AF_UART5) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_USART6) || \
((AF) == GPIO_AF_CAN1) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_CAN2) || \
((AF) == GPIO_AF_OTG_FS) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_OTG_HS) || \
((AF) == GPIO_AF_ETH) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_OTG_HS_FS) || \
((AF) == GPIO_AF_SDIO) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_DCMI) || \
((AF) == GPIO_AF_EVENTOUT) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_SPI4) || \
((AF) == GPIO_AF_SPI5) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_SPI6) || \
((AF) == GPIO_AF_UART7) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_UART8) || \
((AF) == GPIO_AF_FSMC))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup GPIO_Legacy
* @{
*/
#define GPIO_Mode_AIN GPIO_Mode_AN
#define GPIO_AF_OTG1_FS GPIO_AF_OTG_FS
#define GPIO_AF_OTG2_HS GPIO_AF_OTG_HS
#define GPIO_AF_OTG2_FS GPIO_AF_OTG_HS_FS
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Function used to set the GPIO configuration to the default reset state ****/
void GPIO_DeInit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx);
/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/
void GPIO_Init(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, const GPIO_InitTypeDef* GPIO_InitStruct);
void GPIO_StructInit(GPIO_InitTypeDef* GPIO_InitStruct);
void GPIO_PinLockConfig(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin);
/* GPIO Read and Write functions **********************************************/
uint8_t GPIO_ReadInputDataBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin);
uint16_t GPIO_ReadInputData(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx);
uint8_t GPIO_ReadOutputDataBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin);
uint16_t GPIO_ReadOutputData(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx);
void GPIO_SetBits(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin);
void GPIO_ResetBits(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin);
void GPIO_WriteBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin, BitAction BitVal);
void GPIO_Write(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t PortVal);
void GPIO_ToggleBits(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin);
/* GPIO Alternate functions configuration function ****************************/
void GPIO_PinAFConfig(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_PinSource, uint8_t GPIO_AF);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /*__STM32F4xx_GPIO_H */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

1150
flight/pios/stm32f4xx/libraries/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_tim.h.bak
View File

@ -1,1150 +0,0 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_tim.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.1.0
* @date 11-January-2013
* @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the TIM firmware
* library.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2013 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
* You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at:
*
* http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM32F4xx_TIM_H
#define __STM32F4xx_TIM_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup TIM
* @{
*/
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* @brief TIM Time Base Init structure definition
* @note This structure is used with all TIMx except for TIM6 and TIM7.
*/
typedef struct
{
uint16_t TIM_Prescaler; /*!< Specifies the prescaler value used to divide the TIM clock.
This parameter can be a number between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF */
uint16_t TIM_CounterMode; /*!< Specifies the counter mode.
This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Counter_Mode */
uint32_t TIM_Period; /*!< Specifies the period value to be loaded into the active
Auto-Reload Register at the next update event.
This parameter must be a number between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF. */
uint16_t TIM_ClockDivision; /*!< Specifies the clock division.
This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Clock_Division_CKD */
uint8_t TIM_RepetitionCounter; /*!< Specifies the repetition counter value. Each time the RCR downcounter
reaches zero, an update event is generated and counting restarts
from the RCR value (N).
This means in PWM mode that (N+1) corresponds to:
- the number of PWM periods in edge-aligned mode
- the number of half PWM period in center-aligned mode
This parameter must be a number between 0x00 and 0xFF.
@note This parameter is valid only for TIM1 and TIM8. */
} TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef;
/**
* @brief TIM Output Compare Init structure definition
*/
typedef struct
{
uint16_t TIM_OCMode; /*!< Specifies the TIM mode.
This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_and_PWM_modes */
uint16_t TIM_OutputState; /*!< Specifies the TIM Output Compare state.
This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_State */
uint16_t TIM_OutputNState; /*!< Specifies the TIM complementary Output Compare state.
This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_N_State
@note This parameter is valid only for TIM1 and TIM8. */
uint32_t TIM_Pulse; /*!< Specifies the pulse value to be loaded into the Capture Compare Register.
This parameter can be a number between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF */
uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity; /*!< Specifies the output polarity.
This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_Polarity */
uint16_t TIM_OCNPolarity; /*!< Specifies the complementary output polarity.
This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_N_Polarity
@note This parameter is valid only for TIM1 and TIM8. */
uint16_t TIM_OCIdleState; /*!< Specifies the TIM Output Compare pin state during Idle state.
This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_Idle_State
@note This parameter is valid only for TIM1 and TIM8. */
uint16_t TIM_OCNIdleState; /*!< Specifies the TIM Output Compare pin state during Idle state.
This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_N_Idle_State
@note This parameter is valid only for TIM1 and TIM8. */
} TIM_OCInitTypeDef;
/**
* @brief TIM Input Capture Init structure definition
*/
typedef struct
{
uint16_t TIM_Channel; /*!< Specifies the TIM channel.
This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Channel */
uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity; /*!< Specifies the active edge of the input signal.
This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Input_Capture_Polarity */
uint16_t TIM_ICSelection; /*!< Specifies the input.
This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Input_Capture_Selection */
uint16_t TIM_ICPrescaler; /*!< Specifies the Input Capture Prescaler.
This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Input_Capture_Prescaler */
uint16_t TIM_ICFilter; /*!< Specifies the input capture filter.
This parameter can be a number between 0x0 and 0xF */
} TIM_ICInitTypeDef;
/**
* @brief BDTR structure definition
* @note This structure is used only with TIM1 and TIM8.
*/
typedef struct
{
uint16_t TIM_OSSRState; /*!< Specifies the Off-State selection used in Run mode.
This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_OSSR_Off_State_Selection_for_Run_mode_state */
uint16_t TIM_OSSIState; /*!< Specifies the Off-State used in Idle state.
This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_OSSI_Off_State_Selection_for_Idle_mode_state */
uint16_t TIM_LOCKLevel; /*!< Specifies the LOCK level parameters.
This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Lock_level */
uint16_t TIM_DeadTime; /*!< Specifies the delay time between the switching-off and the
switching-on of the outputs.
This parameter can be a number between 0x00 and 0xFF */
uint16_t TIM_Break; /*!< Specifies whether the TIM Break input is enabled or not.
This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Break_Input_enable_disable */
uint16_t TIM_BreakPolarity; /*!< Specifies the TIM Break Input pin polarity.
This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Break_Polarity */
uint16_t TIM_AutomaticOutput; /*!< Specifies whether the TIM Automatic Output feature is enabled or not.
This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_AOE_Bit_Set_Reset */
} TIM_BDTRInitTypeDef;
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_constants
* @{
*/
#define IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == TIM1) || \
((PERIPH) == TIM2) || \
((PERIPH) == TIM3) || \
((PERIPH) == TIM4) || \
((PERIPH) == TIM5) || \
((PERIPH) == TIM6) || \
((PERIPH) == TIM7) || \
((PERIPH) == TIM8) || \
((PERIPH) == TIM9) || \
((PERIPH) == TIM10) || \
((PERIPH) == TIM11) || \
((PERIPH) == TIM12) || \
(((PERIPH) == TIM13) || \
((PERIPH) == TIM14)))
/* LIST1: TIM1, TIM2, TIM3, TIM4, TIM5, TIM8, TIM9, TIM10, TIM11, TIM12, TIM13 and TIM14 */
#define IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == TIM1) || \
((PERIPH) == TIM2) || \
((PERIPH) == TIM3) || \
((PERIPH) == TIM4) || \
((PERIPH) == TIM5) || \
((PERIPH) == TIM8) || \
((PERIPH) == TIM9) || \
((PERIPH) == TIM10) || \
((PERIPH) == TIM11) || \
((PERIPH) == TIM12) || \
((PERIPH) == TIM13) || \
((PERIPH) == TIM14))
/* LIST2: TIM1, TIM2, TIM3, TIM4, TIM5, TIM8, TIM9 and TIM12 */
#define IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == TIM1) || \
((PERIPH) == TIM2) || \
((PERIPH) == TIM3) || \
((PERIPH) == TIM4) || \
((PERIPH) == TIM5) || \
((PERIPH) == TIM8) || \
((PERIPH) == TIM9) || \
((PERIPH) == TIM12))
/* LIST3: TIM1, TIM2, TIM3, TIM4, TIM5 and TIM8 */
#define IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == TIM1) || \
((PERIPH) == TIM2) || \
((PERIPH) == TIM3) || \
((PERIPH) == TIM4) || \
((PERIPH) == TIM5) || \
((PERIPH) == TIM8))
/* LIST4: TIM1 and TIM8 */
#define IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == TIM1) || \
((PERIPH) == TIM8))
/* LIST5: TIM1, TIM2, TIM3, TIM4, TIM5, TIM6, TIM7 and TIM8 */
#define IS_TIM_LIST5_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == TIM1) || \
((PERIPH) == TIM2) || \
((PERIPH) == TIM3) || \
((PERIPH) == TIM4) || \
((PERIPH) == TIM5) || \
((PERIPH) == TIM6) || \
((PERIPH) == TIM7) || \
((PERIPH) == TIM8))
/* LIST6: TIM2, TIM5 and TIM11 */
#define IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx)(((TIMx) == TIM2) || \
((TIMx) == TIM5) || \
((TIMx) == TIM11))
/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_and_PWM_modes
* @{
*/
#define TIM_OCMode_Timing ((uint16_t)0x0000)
#define TIM_OCMode_Active ((uint16_t)0x0010)
#define TIM_OCMode_Inactive ((uint16_t)0x0020)
#define TIM_OCMode_Toggle ((uint16_t)0x0030)
#define TIM_OCMode_PWM1 ((uint16_t)0x0060)
#define TIM_OCMode_PWM2 ((uint16_t)0x0070)
#define IS_TIM_OC_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Timing) || \
((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Active) || \
((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Inactive) || \
((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Toggle)|| \
((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_PWM1) || \
((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_PWM2))
#define IS_TIM_OCM(MODE) (((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Timing) || \
((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Active) || \
((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Inactive) || \
((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Toggle)|| \
((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_PWM1) || \
((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_PWM2) || \
((MODE) == TIM_ForcedAction_Active) || \
((MODE) == TIM_ForcedAction_InActive))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup TIM_One_Pulse_Mode
* @{
*/
#define TIM_OPMode_Single ((uint16_t)0x0008)
#define TIM_OPMode_Repetitive ((uint16_t)0x0000)
#define IS_TIM_OPM_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == TIM_OPMode_Single) || \
((MODE) == TIM_OPMode_Repetitive))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup TIM_Channel
* @{
*/
#define TIM_Channel_1 ((uint16_t)0x0000)
#define TIM_Channel_2 ((uint16_t)0x0004)
#define TIM_Channel_3 ((uint16_t)0x0008)
#define TIM_Channel_4 ((uint16_t)0x000C)
#define IS_TIM_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_1) || \
((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_2) || \
((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_3) || \
((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_4))
#define IS_TIM_PWMI_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_1) || \
((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_2))
#define IS_TIM_COMPLEMENTARY_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_1) || \
((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_2) || \
((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_3))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup TIM_Clock_Division_CKD
* @{
*/
#define TIM_CKD_DIV1 ((uint16_t)0x0000)
#define TIM_CKD_DIV2 ((uint16_t)0x0100)
#define TIM_CKD_DIV4 ((uint16_t)0x0200)
#define IS_TIM_CKD_DIV(DIV) (((DIV) == TIM_CKD_DIV1) || \
((DIV) == TIM_CKD_DIV2) || \
((DIV) == TIM_CKD_DIV4))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup TIM_Counter_Mode
* @{
*/
#define TIM_CounterMode_Up ((uint16_t)0x0000)
#define TIM_CounterMode_Down ((uint16_t)0x0010)
#define TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned1 ((uint16_t)0x0020)
#define TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned2 ((uint16_t)0x0040)
#define TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned3 ((uint16_t)0x0060)
#define IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == TIM_CounterMode_Up) || \
((MODE) == TIM_CounterMode_Down) || \
((MODE) == TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned1) || \
((MODE) == TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned2) || \
((MODE) == TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned3))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_Polarity
* @{
*/
#define TIM_OCPolarity_High ((uint16_t)0x0000)
#define TIM_OCPolarity_Low ((uint16_t)0x0002)
#define IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == TIM_OCPolarity_High) || \
((POLARITY) == TIM_OCPolarity_Low))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_N_Polarity
* @{
*/
#define TIM_OCNPolarity_High ((uint16_t)0x0000)
#define TIM_OCNPolarity_Low ((uint16_t)0x0008)
#define IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == TIM_OCNPolarity_High) || \
((POLARITY) == TIM_OCNPolarity_Low))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_State
* @{
*/
#define TIM_OutputState_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000)
#define TIM_OutputState_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0001)
#define IS_TIM_OUTPUT_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OutputState_Disable) || \
((STATE) == TIM_OutputState_Enable))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_N_State
* @{
*/
#define TIM_OutputNState_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000)
#define TIM_OutputNState_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0004)
#define IS_TIM_OUTPUTN_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OutputNState_Disable) || \
((STATE) == TIM_OutputNState_Enable))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup TIM_Capture_Compare_State
* @{
*/
#define TIM_CCx_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0001)
#define TIM_CCx_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000)
#define IS_TIM_CCX(CCX) (((CCX) == TIM_CCx_Enable) || \
((CCX) == TIM_CCx_Disable))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup TIM_Capture_Compare_N_State
* @{
*/
#define TIM_CCxN_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0004)
#define TIM_CCxN_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000)
#define IS_TIM_CCXN(CCXN) (((CCXN) == TIM_CCxN_Enable) || \
((CCXN) == TIM_CCxN_Disable))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup TIM_Break_Input_enable_disable
* @{
*/
#define TIM_Break_Enable ((uint16_t)0x1000)
#define TIM_Break_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000)
#define IS_TIM_BREAK_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_Break_Enable) || \
((STATE) == TIM_Break_Disable))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup TIM_Break_Polarity
* @{
*/
#define TIM_BreakPolarity_Low ((uint16_t)0x0000)
#define TIM_BreakPolarity_High ((uint16_t)0x2000)
#define IS_TIM_BREAK_POLARITY(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == TIM_BreakPolarity_Low) || \
((POLARITY) == TIM_BreakPolarity_High))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup TIM_AOE_Bit_Set_Reset
* @{
*/
#define TIM_AutomaticOutput_Enable ((uint16_t)0x4000)
#define TIM_AutomaticOutput_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000)
#define IS_TIM_AUTOMATIC_OUTPUT_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_AutomaticOutput_Enable) || \
((STATE) == TIM_AutomaticOutput_Disable))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup TIM_Lock_level
* @{
*/
#define TIM_LOCKLevel_OFF ((uint16_t)0x0000)
#define TIM_LOCKLevel_1 ((uint16_t)0x0100)
#define TIM_LOCKLevel_2 ((uint16_t)0x0200)
#define TIM_LOCKLevel_3 ((uint16_t)0x0300)
#define IS_TIM_LOCK_LEVEL(LEVEL) (((LEVEL) == TIM_LOCKLevel_OFF) || \
((LEVEL) == TIM_LOCKLevel_1) || \
((LEVEL) == TIM_LOCKLevel_2) || \
((LEVEL) == TIM_LOCKLevel_3))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup TIM_OSSI_Off_State_Selection_for_Idle_mode_state
* @{
*/
#define TIM_OSSIState_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0400)
#define TIM_OSSIState_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000)
#define IS_TIM_OSSI_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OSSIState_Enable) || \
((STATE) == TIM_OSSIState_Disable))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup TIM_OSSR_Off_State_Selection_for_Run_mode_state
* @{
*/
#define TIM_OSSRState_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0800)
#define TIM_OSSRState_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000)
#define IS_TIM_OSSR_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OSSRState_Enable) || \
((STATE) == TIM_OSSRState_Disable))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_Idle_State
* @{
*/
#define TIM_OCIdleState_Set ((uint16_t)0x0100)
#define TIM_OCIdleState_Reset ((uint16_t)0x0000)
#define IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OCIdleState_Set) || \
((STATE) == TIM_OCIdleState_Reset))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_N_Idle_State
* @{
*/
#define TIM_OCNIdleState_Set ((uint16_t)0x0200)
#define TIM_OCNIdleState_Reset ((uint16_t)0x0000)
#define IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OCNIdleState_Set) || \
((STATE) == TIM_OCNIdleState_Reset))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup TIM_Input_Capture_Polarity
* @{
*/
#define TIM_ICPolarity_Rising ((uint16_t)0x0000)
#define TIM_ICPolarity_Falling ((uint16_t)0x0002)
#define TIM_ICPolarity_BothEdge ((uint16_t)0x000A)
#define IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == TIM_ICPolarity_Rising) || \
((POLARITY) == TIM_ICPolarity_Falling)|| \
((POLARITY) == TIM_ICPolarity_BothEdge))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup TIM_Input_Capture_Selection
* @{
*/
#define TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI ((uint16_t)0x0001) /*!< TIM Input 1, 2, 3 or 4 is selected to be
connected to IC1, IC2, IC3 or IC4, respectively */
#define TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI ((uint16_t)0x0002) /*!< TIM Input 1, 2, 3 or 4 is selected to be
connected to IC2, IC1, IC4 or IC3, respectively. */
#define TIM_ICSelection_TRC ((uint16_t)0x0003) /*!< TIM Input 1, 2, 3 or 4 is selected to be connected to TRC. */
#define IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(SELECTION) (((SELECTION) == TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI) || \
((SELECTION) == TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI) || \
((SELECTION) == TIM_ICSelection_TRC))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup TIM_Input_Capture_Prescaler
* @{
*/
#define TIM_ICPSC_DIV1 ((uint16_t)0x0000) /*!< Capture performed each time an edge is detected on the capture input. */
#define TIM_ICPSC_DIV2 ((uint16_t)0x0004) /*!< Capture performed once every 2 events. */
#define TIM_ICPSC_DIV4 ((uint16_t)0x0008) /*!< Capture performed once every 4 events. */
#define TIM_ICPSC_DIV8 ((uint16_t)0x000C) /*!< Capture performed once every 8 events. */
#define IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) == TIM_ICPSC_DIV1) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM_ICPSC_DIV2) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM_ICPSC_DIV4) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM_ICPSC_DIV8))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup TIM_interrupt_sources
* @{
*/
#define TIM_IT_Update ((uint16_t)0x0001)
#define TIM_IT_CC1 ((uint16_t)0x0002)
#define TIM_IT_CC2 ((uint16_t)0x0004)
#define TIM_IT_CC3 ((uint16_t)0x0008)
#define TIM_IT_CC4 ((uint16_t)0x0010)
#define TIM_IT_COM ((uint16_t)0x0020)
#define TIM_IT_Trigger ((uint16_t)0x0040)
#define TIM_IT_Break ((uint16_t)0x0080)
#define IS_TIM_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint16_t)0xFF00) == 0x0000) && ((IT) != 0x0000))
#define IS_TIM_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == TIM_IT_Update) || \
((IT) == TIM_IT_CC1) || \
((IT) == TIM_IT_CC2) || \
((IT) == TIM_IT_CC3) || \
((IT) == TIM_IT_CC4) || \
((IT) == TIM_IT_COM) || \
((IT) == TIM_IT_Trigger) || \
((IT) == TIM_IT_Break))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup TIM_DMA_Base_address
* @{
*/
#define TIM_DMABase_CR1 ((uint16_t)0x0000)
#define TIM_DMABase_CR2 ((uint16_t)0x0001)
#define TIM_DMABase_SMCR ((uint16_t)0x0002)
#define TIM_DMABase_DIER ((uint16_t)0x0003)
#define TIM_DMABase_SR ((uint16_t)0x0004)
#define TIM_DMABase_EGR ((uint16_t)0x0005)
#define TIM_DMABase_CCMR1 ((uint16_t)0x0006)
#define TIM_DMABase_CCMR2 ((uint16_t)0x0007)
#define TIM_DMABase_CCER ((uint16_t)0x0008)
#define TIM_DMABase_CNT ((uint16_t)0x0009)
#define TIM_DMABase_PSC ((uint16_t)0x000A)
#define TIM_DMABase_ARR ((uint16_t)0x000B)
#define TIM_DMABase_RCR ((uint16_t)0x000C)
#define TIM_DMABase_CCR1 ((uint16_t)0x000D)
#define TIM_DMABase_CCR2 ((uint16_t)0x000E)
#define TIM_DMABase_CCR3 ((uint16_t)0x000F)
#define TIM_DMABase_CCR4 ((uint16_t)0x0010)
#define TIM_DMABase_BDTR ((uint16_t)0x0011)
#define TIM_DMABase_DCR ((uint16_t)0x0012)
#define TIM_DMABase_OR ((uint16_t)0x0013)
#define IS_TIM_DMA_BASE(BASE) (((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CR1) || \
((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CR2) || \
((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_SMCR) || \
((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_DIER) || \
((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_SR) || \
((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_EGR) || \
((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CCMR1) || \
((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CCMR2) || \
((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CCER) || \
((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CNT) || \
((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_PSC) || \
((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_ARR) || \
((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_RCR) || \
((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CCR1) || \
((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CCR2) || \
((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CCR3) || \
((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CCR4) || \
((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_BDTR) || \
((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_DCR) || \
((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_OR))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup TIM_DMA_Burst_Length
* @{
*/
#define TIM_DMABurstLength_1Transfer ((uint16_t)0x0000)
#define TIM_DMABurstLength_2Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0100)
#define TIM_DMABurstLength_3Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0200)
#define TIM_DMABurstLength_4Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0300)
#define TIM_DMABurstLength_5Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0400)
#define TIM_DMABurstLength_6Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0500)
#define TIM_DMABurstLength_7Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0600)
#define TIM_DMABurstLength_8Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0700)
#define TIM_DMABurstLength_9Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0800)
#define TIM_DMABurstLength_10Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0900)
#define TIM_DMABurstLength_11Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0A00)
#define TIM_DMABurstLength_12Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0B00)
#define TIM_DMABurstLength_13Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0C00)
#define TIM_DMABurstLength_14Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0D00)
#define TIM_DMABurstLength_15Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0E00)
#define TIM_DMABurstLength_16Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0F00)
#define TIM_DMABurstLength_17Transfers ((uint16_t)0x1000)
#define TIM_DMABurstLength_18Transfers ((uint16_t)0x1100)
#define IS_TIM_DMA_LENGTH(LENGTH) (((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_1Transfer) || \
((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_2Transfers) || \
((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_3Transfers) || \
((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_4Transfers) || \
((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_5Transfers) || \
((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_6Transfers) || \
((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_7Transfers) || \
((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_8Transfers) || \
((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_9Transfers) || \
((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_10Transfers) || \
((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_11Transfers) || \
((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_12Transfers) || \
((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_13Transfers) || \
((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_14Transfers) || \
((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_15Transfers) || \
((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_16Transfers) || \
((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_17Transfers) || \
((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_18Transfers))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup TIM_DMA_sources
* @{
*/
#define TIM_DMA_Update ((uint16_t)0x0100)
#define TIM_DMA_CC1 ((uint16_t)0x0200)
#define TIM_DMA_CC2 ((uint16_t)0x0400)
#define TIM_DMA_CC3 ((uint16_t)0x0800)
#define TIM_DMA_CC4 ((uint16_t)0x1000)
#define TIM_DMA_COM ((uint16_t)0x2000)
#define TIM_DMA_Trigger ((uint16_t)0x4000)
#define IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(SOURCE) ((((SOURCE) & (uint16_t)0x80FF) == 0x0000) && ((SOURCE) != 0x0000))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup TIM_External_Trigger_Prescaler
* @{
*/
#define TIM_ExtTRGPSC_OFF ((uint16_t)0x0000)
#define TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV2 ((uint16_t)0x1000)
#define TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV4 ((uint16_t)0x2000)
#define TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV8 ((uint16_t)0x3000)
#define IS_TIM_EXT_PRESCALER(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) == TIM_ExtTRGPSC_OFF) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV2) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV4) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV8))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup TIM_Internal_Trigger_Selection
* @{
*/
#define TIM_TS_ITR0 ((uint16_t)0x0000)
#define TIM_TS_ITR1 ((uint16_t)0x0010)
#define TIM_TS_ITR2 ((uint16_t)0x0020)
#define TIM_TS_ITR3 ((uint16_t)0x0030)
#define TIM_TS_TI1F_ED ((uint16_t)0x0040)
#define TIM_TS_TI1FP1 ((uint16_t)0x0050)
#define TIM_TS_TI2FP2 ((uint16_t)0x0060)
#define TIM_TS_ETRF ((uint16_t)0x0070)
#define IS_TIM_TRIGGER_SELECTION(SELECTION) (((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR0) || \
((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR1) || \
((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR2) || \
((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR3) || \
((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_TI1F_ED) || \
((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_TI1FP1) || \
((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_TI2FP2) || \
((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ETRF))
#define IS_TIM_INTERNAL_TRIGGER_SELECTION(SELECTION) (((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR0) || \
((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR1) || \
((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR2) || \
((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR3))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup TIM_TIx_External_Clock_Source
* @{
*/
#define TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI1 ((uint16_t)0x0050)
#define TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI2 ((uint16_t)0x0060)
#define TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI1ED ((uint16_t)0x0040)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup TIM_External_Trigger_Polarity
* @{
*/
#define TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_Inverted ((uint16_t)0x8000)
#define TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_NonInverted ((uint16_t)0x0000)
#define IS_TIM_EXT_POLARITY(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_Inverted) || \
((POLARITY) == TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_NonInverted))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup TIM_Prescaler_Reload_Mode
* @{
*/
#define TIM_PSCReloadMode_Update ((uint16_t)0x0000)
#define TIM_PSCReloadMode_Immediate ((uint16_t)0x0001)
#define IS_TIM_PRESCALER_RELOAD(RELOAD) (((RELOAD) == TIM_PSCReloadMode_Update) || \
((RELOAD) == TIM_PSCReloadMode_Immediate))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup TIM_Forced_Action
* @{
*/
#define TIM_ForcedAction_Active ((uint16_t)0x0050)
#define TIM_ForcedAction_InActive ((uint16_t)0x0040)
#define IS_TIM_FORCED_ACTION(ACTION) (((ACTION) == TIM_ForcedAction_Active) || \
((ACTION) == TIM_ForcedAction_InActive))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup TIM_Encoder_Mode
* @{
*/
#define TIM_EncoderMode_TI1 ((uint16_t)0x0001)
#define TIM_EncoderMode_TI2 ((uint16_t)0x0002)
#define TIM_EncoderMode_TI12 ((uint16_t)0x0003)
#define IS_TIM_ENCODER_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == TIM_EncoderMode_TI1) || \
((MODE) == TIM_EncoderMode_TI2) || \
((MODE) == TIM_EncoderMode_TI12))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup TIM_Event_Source
* @{
*/
#define TIM_EventSource_Update ((uint16_t)0x0001)
#define TIM_EventSource_CC1 ((uint16_t)0x0002)
#define TIM_EventSource_CC2 ((uint16_t)0x0004)
#define TIM_EventSource_CC3 ((uint16_t)0x0008)
#define TIM_EventSource_CC4 ((uint16_t)0x0010)
#define TIM_EventSource_COM ((uint16_t)0x0020)
#define TIM_EventSource_Trigger ((uint16_t)0x0040)
#define TIM_EventSource_Break ((uint16_t)0x0080)
#define IS_TIM_EVENT_SOURCE(SOURCE) ((((SOURCE) & (uint16_t)0xFF00) == 0x0000) && ((SOURCE) != 0x0000))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup TIM_Update_Source
* @{
*/
#define TIM_UpdateSource_Global ((uint16_t)0x0000) /*!< Source of update is the counter overflow/underflow
or the setting of UG bit, or an update generation
through the slave mode controller. */
#define TIM_UpdateSource_Regular ((uint16_t)0x0001) /*!< Source of update is counter overflow/underflow. */
#define IS_TIM_UPDATE_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == TIM_UpdateSource_Global) || \
((SOURCE) == TIM_UpdateSource_Regular))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_Preload_State
* @{
*/
#define TIM_OCPreload_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0008)
#define TIM_OCPreload_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000)
#define IS_TIM_OCPRELOAD_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OCPreload_Enable) || \
((STATE) == TIM_OCPreload_Disable))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_Fast_State
* @{
*/
#define TIM_OCFast_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0004)
#define TIM_OCFast_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000)
#define IS_TIM_OCFAST_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OCFast_Enable) || \
((STATE) == TIM_OCFast_Disable))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_Clear_State
* @{
*/
#define TIM_OCClear_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0080)
#define TIM_OCClear_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000)
#define IS_TIM_OCCLEAR_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OCClear_Enable) || \
((STATE) == TIM_OCClear_Disable))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup TIM_Trigger_Output_Source
* @{
*/
#define TIM_TRGOSource_Reset ((uint16_t)0x0000)
#define TIM_TRGOSource_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0010)
#define TIM_TRGOSource_Update ((uint16_t)0x0020)
#define TIM_TRGOSource_OC1 ((uint16_t)0x0030)
#define TIM_TRGOSource_OC1Ref ((uint16_t)0x0040)
#define TIM_TRGOSource_OC2Ref ((uint16_t)0x0050)
#define TIM_TRGOSource_OC3Ref ((uint16_t)0x0060)
#define TIM_TRGOSource_OC4Ref ((uint16_t)0x0070)
#define IS_TIM_TRGO_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_Reset) || \
((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_Enable) || \
((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_Update) || \
((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_OC1) || \
((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_OC1Ref) || \
((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_OC2Ref) || \
((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_OC3Ref) || \
((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_OC4Ref))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup TIM_Slave_Mode
* @{
*/
#define TIM_SlaveMode_Reset ((uint16_t)0x0004)
#define TIM_SlaveMode_Gated ((uint16_t)0x0005)
#define TIM_SlaveMode_Trigger ((uint16_t)0x0006)
#define TIM_SlaveMode_External1 ((uint16_t)0x0007)
#define IS_TIM_SLAVE_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == TIM_SlaveMode_Reset) || \
((MODE) == TIM_SlaveMode_Gated) || \
((MODE) == TIM_SlaveMode_Trigger) || \
((MODE) == TIM_SlaveMode_External1))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup TIM_Master_Slave_Mode
* @{
*/
#define TIM_MasterSlaveMode_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0080)
#define TIM_MasterSlaveMode_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000)
#define IS_TIM_MSM_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_MasterSlaveMode_Enable) || \
((STATE) == TIM_MasterSlaveMode_Disable))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup TIM_Remap
* @{
*/
#define TIM2_TIM8_TRGO ((uint16_t)0x0000)
#define TIM2_ETH_PTP ((uint16_t)0x0400)
#define TIM2_USBFS_SOF ((uint16_t)0x0800)
#define TIM2_USBHS_SOF ((uint16_t)0x0C00)
#define TIM5_GPIO ((uint16_t)0x0000)
#define TIM5_LSI ((uint16_t)0x0040)
#define TIM5_LSE ((uint16_t)0x0080)
#define TIM5_RTC ((uint16_t)0x00C0)
#define TIM11_GPIO ((uint16_t)0x0000)
#define TIM11_HSE ((uint16_t)0x0002)
#define IS_TIM_REMAP(TIM_REMAP) (((TIM_REMAP) == TIM2_TIM8_TRGO)||\
((TIM_REMAP) == TIM2_ETH_PTP)||\
((TIM_REMAP) == TIM2_USBFS_SOF)||\
((TIM_REMAP) == TIM2_USBHS_SOF)||\
((TIM_REMAP) == TIM5_GPIO)||\
((TIM_REMAP) == TIM5_LSI)||\
((TIM_REMAP) == TIM5_LSE)||\
((TIM_REMAP) == TIM5_RTC)||\
((TIM_REMAP) == TIM11_GPIO)||\
((TIM_REMAP) == TIM11_HSE))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup TIM_Flags
* @{
*/
#define TIM_FLAG_Update ((uint16_t)0x0001)
#define TIM_FLAG_CC1 ((uint16_t)0x0002)
#define TIM_FLAG_CC2 ((uint16_t)0x0004)
#define TIM_FLAG_CC3 ((uint16_t)0x0008)
#define TIM_FLAG_CC4 ((uint16_t)0x0010)
#define TIM_FLAG_COM ((uint16_t)0x0020)
#define TIM_FLAG_Trigger ((uint16_t)0x0040)
#define TIM_FLAG_Break ((uint16_t)0x0080)
#define TIM_FLAG_CC1OF ((uint16_t)0x0200)
#define TIM_FLAG_CC2OF ((uint16_t)0x0400)
#define TIM_FLAG_CC3OF ((uint16_t)0x0800)
#define TIM_FLAG_CC4OF ((uint16_t)0x1000)
#define IS_TIM_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_Update) || \
((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC1) || \
((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC2) || \
((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC3) || \
((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC4) || \
((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_COM) || \
((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_Trigger) || \
((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_Break) || \
((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC1OF) || \
((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC2OF) || \
((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC3OF) || \
((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC4OF))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup TIM_Input_Capture_Filer_Value
* @{
*/
#define IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(ICFILTER) ((ICFILTER) <= 0xF)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup TIM_External_Trigger_Filter
* @{
*/
#define IS_TIM_EXT_FILTER(EXTFILTER) ((EXTFILTER) <= 0xF)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup TIM_Legacy
* @{
*/
#define TIM_DMABurstLength_1Byte TIM_DMABurstLength_1Transfer
#define TIM_DMABurstLength_2Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_2Transfers
#define TIM_DMABurstLength_3Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_3Transfers
#define TIM_DMABurstLength_4Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_4Transfers
#define TIM_DMABurstLength_5Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_5Transfers
#define TIM_DMABurstLength_6Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_6Transfers
#define TIM_DMABurstLength_7Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_7Transfers
#define TIM_DMABurstLength_8Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_8Transfers
#define TIM_DMABurstLength_9Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_9Transfers
#define TIM_DMABurstLength_10Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_10Transfers
#define TIM_DMABurstLength_11Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_11Transfers
#define TIM_DMABurstLength_12Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_12Transfers
#define TIM_DMABurstLength_13Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_13Transfers
#define TIM_DMABurstLength_14Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_14Transfers
#define TIM_DMABurstLength_15Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_15Transfers
#define TIM_DMABurstLength_16Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_16Transfers
#define TIM_DMABurstLength_17Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_17Transfers
#define TIM_DMABurstLength_18Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_18Transfers
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/* TimeBase management ********************************************************/
void TIM_DeInit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx);
void TIM_TimeBaseInit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, const TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef* TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct);
void TIM_TimeBaseStructInit(TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef* TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct);
void TIM_PrescalerConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t Prescaler, uint16_t TIM_PSCReloadMode);
void TIM_CounterModeConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_CounterMode);
void TIM_SetCounter(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Counter);
void TIM_SetAutoreload(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Autoreload);
uint32_t TIM_GetCounter(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx);
uint16_t TIM_GetPrescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx);
void TIM_UpdateDisableConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState);
void TIM_UpdateRequestConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_UpdateSource);
void TIM_ARRPreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState);
void TIM_SelectOnePulseMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OPMode);
void TIM_SetClockDivision(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_CKD);
void TIM_Cmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState);
/* Output Compare management **************************************************/
void TIM_OC1Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, const TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct);
void TIM_OC2Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, const TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct);
void TIM_OC3Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, const TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct);
void TIM_OC4Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, const TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct);
void TIM_OCStructInit(TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct);
void TIM_SelectOCxM(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Channel, uint16_t TIM_OCMode);
void TIM_SetCompare1(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare1);
void TIM_SetCompare2(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare2);
void TIM_SetCompare3(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare3);
void TIM_SetCompare4(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare4);
void TIM_ForcedOC1Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction);
void TIM_ForcedOC2Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction);
void TIM_ForcedOC3Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction);
void TIM_ForcedOC4Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction);
void TIM_OC1PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload);
void TIM_OC2PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload);
void TIM_OC3PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload);
void TIM_OC4PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload);
void TIM_OC1FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast);
void TIM_OC2FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast);
void TIM_OC3FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast);
void TIM_OC4FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast);
void TIM_ClearOC1Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear);
void TIM_ClearOC2Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear);
void TIM_ClearOC3Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear);
void TIM_ClearOC4Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear);
void TIM_OC1PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity);
void TIM_OC1NPolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCNPolarity);
void TIM_OC2PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity);
void TIM_OC2NPolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCNPolarity);
void TIM_OC3PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity);
void TIM_OC3NPolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCNPolarity);
void TIM_OC4PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity);
void TIM_CCxCmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Channel, uint16_t TIM_CCx);
void TIM_CCxNCmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Channel, uint16_t TIM_CCxN);
/* Input Capture management ***************************************************/
void TIM_ICInit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_ICInitTypeDef* TIM_ICInitStruct);
void TIM_ICStructInit(TIM_ICInitTypeDef* TIM_ICInitStruct);
void TIM_PWMIConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_ICInitTypeDef* TIM_ICInitStruct);
uint32_t TIM_GetCapture1(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx);
uint32_t TIM_GetCapture2(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx);
uint32_t TIM_GetCapture3(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx);
uint32_t TIM_GetCapture4(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx);
void TIM_SetIC1Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC);
void TIM_SetIC2Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC);
void TIM_SetIC3Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC);
void TIM_SetIC4Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC);
/* Advanced-control timers (TIM1 and TIM8) specific features ******************/
void TIM_BDTRConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_BDTRInitTypeDef *TIM_BDTRInitStruct);
void TIM_BDTRStructInit(TIM_BDTRInitTypeDef* TIM_BDTRInitStruct);
void TIM_CtrlPWMOutputs(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState);
void TIM_SelectCOM(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState);
void TIM_CCPreloadControl(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState);
/* Interrupts, DMA and flags management ***************************************/
void TIM_ITConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
void TIM_GenerateEvent(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_EventSource);
FlagStatus TIM_GetFlagStatus(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_FLAG);
void TIM_ClearFlag(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_FLAG);
ITStatus TIM_GetITStatus(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_IT);
void TIM_ClearITPendingBit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_IT);
void TIM_DMAConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_DMABase, uint16_t TIM_DMABurstLength);
void TIM_DMACmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_DMASource, FunctionalState NewState);
void TIM_SelectCCDMA(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState);
/* Clocks management **********************************************************/
void TIM_InternalClockConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx);
void TIM_ITRxExternalClockConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_InputTriggerSource);
void TIM_TIxExternalClockConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_TIxExternalCLKSource,
uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t ICFilter);
void TIM_ETRClockMode1Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity,
uint16_t ExtTRGFilter);
void TIM_ETRClockMode2Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler,
uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, uint16_t ExtTRGFilter);
/* Synchronization management *************************************************/
void TIM_SelectInputTrigger(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_InputTriggerSource);
void TIM_SelectOutputTrigger(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_TRGOSource);
void TIM_SelectSlaveMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_SlaveMode);
void TIM_SelectMasterSlaveMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_MasterSlaveMode);
void TIM_ETRConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity,
uint16_t ExtTRGFilter);
/* Specific interface management **********************************************/
void TIM_EncoderInterfaceConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_EncoderMode,
uint16_t TIM_IC1Polarity, uint16_t TIM_IC2Polarity);
void TIM_SelectHallSensor(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState);
/* Specific remapping management **********************************************/
void TIM_RemapConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Remap);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /*__STM32F4xx_TIM_H */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

431
flight/pios/stm32f4xx/libraries/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f4xx_usart.h.bak
View File

@ -1,431 +0,0 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_usart.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.1.0
* @date 11-January-2013
* @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the USART
* firmware library.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2013 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
* You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at:
*
* http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM32F4xx_USART_H
#define __STM32F4xx_USART_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup USART
* @{
*/
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* @brief USART Init Structure definition
*/
typedef struct
{
uint32_t USART_BaudRate; /*!< This member configures the USART communication baud rate.
The baud rate is computed using the following formula:
- IntegerDivider = ((PCLKx) / (8 * (OVR8+1) * (USART_InitStruct->USART_BaudRate)))
- FractionalDivider = ((IntegerDivider - ((u32) IntegerDivider)) * 8 * (OVR8+1)) + 0.5
Where OVR8 is the "oversampling by 8 mode" configuration bit in the CR1 register. */
uint16_t USART_WordLength; /*!< Specifies the number of data bits transmitted or received in a frame.
This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Word_Length */
uint16_t USART_StopBits; /*!< Specifies the number of stop bits transmitted.
This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Stop_Bits */
uint16_t USART_Parity; /*!< Specifies the parity mode.
This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Parity
@note When parity is enabled, the computed parity is inserted
at the MSB position of the transmitted data (9th bit when
the word length is set to 9 data bits; 8th bit when the
word length is set to 8 data bits). */
uint16_t USART_Mode; /*!< Specifies wether the Receive or Transmit mode is enabled or disabled.
This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Mode */
uint16_t USART_HardwareFlowControl; /*!< Specifies wether the hardware flow control mode is enabled
or disabled.
This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Hardware_Flow_Control */
} USART_InitTypeDef;
/**
* @brief USART Clock Init Structure definition
*/
typedef struct
{
uint16_t USART_Clock; /*!< Specifies whether the USART clock is enabled or disabled.
This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Clock */
uint16_t USART_CPOL; /*!< Specifies the steady state of the serial clock.
This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Clock_Polarity */
uint16_t USART_CPHA; /*!< Specifies the clock transition on which the bit capture is made.
This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Clock_Phase */
uint16_t USART_LastBit; /*!< Specifies whether the clock pulse corresponding to the last transmitted
data bit (MSB) has to be output on the SCLK pin in synchronous mode.
This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Last_Bit */
} USART_ClockInitTypeDef;
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup USART_Exported_Constants
* @{
*/
#define IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == USART1) || \
((PERIPH) == USART2) || \
((PERIPH) == USART3) || \
((PERIPH) == UART4) || \
((PERIPH) == UART5) || \
((PERIPH) == USART6) || \
((PERIPH) == UART7) || \
((PERIPH) == UART8))
#define IS_USART_1236_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == USART1) || \
((PERIPH) == USART2) || \
((PERIPH) == USART3) || \
((PERIPH) == USART6))
/** @defgroup USART_Word_Length
* @{
*/
#define USART_WordLength_8b ((uint16_t)0x0000)
#define USART_WordLength_9b ((uint16_t)0x1000)
#define IS_USART_WORD_LENGTH(LENGTH) (((LENGTH) == USART_WordLength_8b) || \
((LENGTH) == USART_WordLength_9b))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USART_Stop_Bits
* @{
*/
#define USART_StopBits_1 ((uint16_t)0x0000)
#define USART_StopBits_0_5 ((uint16_t)0x1000)
#define USART_StopBits_2 ((uint16_t)0x2000)
#define USART_StopBits_1_5 ((uint16_t)0x3000)
#define IS_USART_STOPBITS(STOPBITS) (((STOPBITS) == USART_StopBits_1) || \
((STOPBITS) == USART_StopBits_0_5) || \
((STOPBITS) == USART_StopBits_2) || \
((STOPBITS) == USART_StopBits_1_5))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USART_Parity
* @{
*/
#define USART_Parity_No ((uint16_t)0x0000)
#define USART_Parity_Even ((uint16_t)0x0400)
#define USART_Parity_Odd ((uint16_t)0x0600)
#define IS_USART_PARITY(PARITY) (((PARITY) == USART_Parity_No) || \
((PARITY) == USART_Parity_Even) || \
((PARITY) == USART_Parity_Odd))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USART_Mode
* @{
*/
#define USART_Mode_Rx ((uint16_t)0x0004)
#define USART_Mode_Tx ((uint16_t)0x0008)
#define IS_USART_MODE(MODE) ((((MODE) & (uint16_t)0xFFF3) == 0x00) && ((MODE) != (uint16_t)0x00))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USART_Hardware_Flow_Control
* @{
*/
#define USART_HardwareFlowControl_None ((uint16_t)0x0000)
#define USART_HardwareFlowControl_RTS ((uint16_t)0x0100)
#define USART_HardwareFlowControl_CTS ((uint16_t)0x0200)
#define USART_HardwareFlowControl_RTS_CTS ((uint16_t)0x0300)
#define IS_USART_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL(CONTROL)\
(((CONTROL) == USART_HardwareFlowControl_None) || \
((CONTROL) == USART_HardwareFlowControl_RTS) || \
((CONTROL) == USART_HardwareFlowControl_CTS) || \
((CONTROL) == USART_HardwareFlowControl_RTS_CTS))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USART_Clock
* @{
*/
#define USART_Clock_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000)
#define USART_Clock_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0800)
#define IS_USART_CLOCK(CLOCK) (((CLOCK) == USART_Clock_Disable) || \
((CLOCK) == USART_Clock_Enable))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USART_Clock_Polarity
* @{
*/
#define USART_CPOL_Low ((uint16_t)0x0000)
#define USART_CPOL_High ((uint16_t)0x0400)
#define IS_USART_CPOL(CPOL) (((CPOL) == USART_CPOL_Low) || ((CPOL) == USART_CPOL_High))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USART_Clock_Phase
* @{
*/
#define USART_CPHA_1Edge ((uint16_t)0x0000)
#define USART_CPHA_2Edge ((uint16_t)0x0200)
#define IS_USART_CPHA(CPHA) (((CPHA) == USART_CPHA_1Edge) || ((CPHA) == USART_CPHA_2Edge))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USART_Last_Bit
* @{
*/
#define USART_LastBit_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000)
#define USART_LastBit_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0100)
#define IS_USART_LASTBIT(LASTBIT) (((LASTBIT) == USART_LastBit_Disable) || \
((LASTBIT) == USART_LastBit_Enable))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USART_Interrupt_definition
* @{
*/
#define USART_IT_PE ((uint16_t)0x0028)
#define USART_IT_TXE ((uint16_t)0x0727)
#define USART_IT_TC ((uint16_t)0x0626)
#define USART_IT_RXNE ((uint16_t)0x0525)
#define USART_IT_ORE_RX ((uint16_t)0x0325) /* In case interrupt is generated if the RXNEIE bit is set */
#define USART_IT_IDLE ((uint16_t)0x0424)
#define USART_IT_LBD ((uint16_t)0x0846)
#define USART_IT_CTS ((uint16_t)0x096A)
#define USART_IT_ERR ((uint16_t)0x0060)
#define USART_IT_ORE_ER ((uint16_t)0x0360) /* In case interrupt is generated if the EIE bit is set */
#define USART_IT_NE ((uint16_t)0x0260)
#define USART_IT_FE ((uint16_t)0x0160)
/** @defgroup USART_Legacy
* @{
*/
#define USART_IT_ORE USART_IT_ORE_ER
/**
* @}
*/
#define IS_USART_CONFIG_IT(IT) (((IT) == USART_IT_PE) || ((IT) == USART_IT_TXE) || \
((IT) == USART_IT_TC) || ((IT) == USART_IT_RXNE) || \
((IT) == USART_IT_IDLE) || ((IT) == USART_IT_LBD) || \
((IT) == USART_IT_CTS) || ((IT) == USART_IT_ERR))
#define IS_USART_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == USART_IT_PE) || ((IT) == USART_IT_TXE) || \
((IT) == USART_IT_TC) || ((IT) == USART_IT_RXNE) || \
((IT) == USART_IT_IDLE) || ((IT) == USART_IT_LBD) || \
((IT) == USART_IT_CTS) || ((IT) == USART_IT_ORE) || \
((IT) == USART_IT_ORE_RX) || ((IT) == USART_IT_ORE_ER) || \
((IT) == USART_IT_NE) || ((IT) == USART_IT_FE))
#define IS_USART_CLEAR_IT(IT) (((IT) == USART_IT_TC) || ((IT) == USART_IT_RXNE) || \
((IT) == USART_IT_LBD) || ((IT) == USART_IT_CTS))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USART_DMA_Requests
* @{
*/
#define USART_DMAReq_Tx ((uint16_t)0x0080)
#define USART_DMAReq_Rx ((uint16_t)0x0040)
#define IS_USART_DMAREQ(DMAREQ) ((((DMAREQ) & (uint16_t)0xFF3F) == 0x00) && ((DMAREQ) != (uint16_t)0x00))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USART_WakeUp_methods
* @{
*/
#define USART_WakeUp_IdleLine ((uint16_t)0x0000)
#define USART_WakeUp_AddressMark ((uint16_t)0x0800)
#define IS_USART_WAKEUP(WAKEUP) (((WAKEUP) == USART_WakeUp_IdleLine) || \
((WAKEUP) == USART_WakeUp_AddressMark))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USART_LIN_Break_Detection_Length
* @{
*/
#define USART_LINBreakDetectLength_10b ((uint16_t)0x0000)
#define USART_LINBreakDetectLength_11b ((uint16_t)0x0020)
#define IS_USART_LIN_BREAK_DETECT_LENGTH(LENGTH) \
(((LENGTH) == USART_LINBreakDetectLength_10b) || \
((LENGTH) == USART_LINBreakDetectLength_11b))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USART_IrDA_Low_Power
* @{
*/
#define USART_IrDAMode_LowPower ((uint16_t)0x0004)
#define USART_IrDAMode_Normal ((uint16_t)0x0000)
#define IS_USART_IRDA_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == USART_IrDAMode_LowPower) || \
((MODE) == USART_IrDAMode_Normal))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USART_Flags
* @{
*/
#define USART_FLAG_CTS ((uint16_t)0x0200)
#define USART_FLAG_LBD ((uint16_t)0x0100)
#define USART_FLAG_TXE ((uint16_t)0x0080)
#define USART_FLAG_TC ((uint16_t)0x0040)
#define USART_FLAG_RXNE ((uint16_t)0x0020)
#define USART_FLAG_IDLE ((uint16_t)0x0010)
#define USART_FLAG_ORE ((uint16_t)0x0008)
#define USART_FLAG_NE ((uint16_t)0x0004)
#define USART_FLAG_FE ((uint16_t)0x0002)
#define USART_FLAG_PE ((uint16_t)0x0001)
#define IS_USART_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_PE) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_TXE) || \
((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_TC) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_RXNE) || \
((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_IDLE) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_LBD) || \
((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_CTS) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_ORE) || \
((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_NE) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_FE))
#define IS_USART_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) ((((FLAG) & (uint16_t)0xFC9F) == 0x00) && ((FLAG) != (uint16_t)0x00))
#define IS_USART_BAUDRATE(BAUDRATE) (((BAUDRATE) > 0) && ((BAUDRATE) < 7500001))
#define IS_USART_ADDRESS(ADDRESS) ((ADDRESS) <= 0xF)
#define IS_USART_DATA(DATA) ((DATA) <= 0x1FF)
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Function used to set the USART configuration to the default reset state ***/
void USART_DeInit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx);
/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/
void USART_Init(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, USART_InitTypeDef* USART_InitStruct);
void USART_StructInit(USART_InitTypeDef* USART_InitStruct);
void USART_ClockInit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, USART_ClockInitTypeDef* USART_ClockInitStruct);
void USART_ClockStructInit(USART_ClockInitTypeDef* USART_ClockInitStruct);
void USART_Cmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState);
void USART_SetPrescaler(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_Prescaler);
void USART_OverSampling8Cmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState);
void USART_OneBitMethodCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState);
/* Data transfers functions ***************************************************/
void USART_SendData(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t Data);
uint16_t USART_ReceiveData(USART_TypeDef* USARTx);
/* Multi-Processor Communication functions ************************************/
void USART_SetAddress(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_Address);
void USART_WakeUpConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_WakeUp);
void USART_ReceiverWakeUpCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState);
/* LIN mode functions *********************************************************/
void USART_LINBreakDetectLengthConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_LINBreakDetectLength);
void USART_LINCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState);
void USART_SendBreak(USART_TypeDef* USARTx);
/* Half-duplex mode function **************************************************/
void USART_HalfDuplexCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState);
/* Smartcard mode functions ***************************************************/
void USART_SmartCardCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState);
void USART_SmartCardNACKCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState);
void USART_SetGuardTime(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_GuardTime);
/* IrDA mode functions ********************************************************/
void USART_IrDAConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IrDAMode);
void USART_IrDACmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState);
/* DMA transfers management functions *****************************************/
void USART_DMACmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState);
/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/
void USART_ITConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
FlagStatus USART_GetFlagStatus(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_FLAG);
void USART_ClearFlag(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_FLAG);
ITStatus USART_GetITStatus(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT);
void USART_ClearITPendingBit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __STM32F4xx_USART_H */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

249
flight/pios/stm32f4xx/libraries/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/misc.c.bak
View File

@ -1,249 +0,0 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file misc.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.1.0
* @date 11-January-2013
* @brief This file provides all the miscellaneous firmware functions (add-on
* to CMSIS functions).
*
* @verbatim
*
* ===================================================================
* How to configure Interrupts using driver
* ===================================================================
*
* This section provide functions allowing to configure the NVIC interrupts (IRQ).
* The Cortex-M4 exceptions are managed by CMSIS functions.
*
* 1. Configure the NVIC Priority Grouping using NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig()
* function according to the following table.
* The table below gives the allowed values of the pre-emption priority and subpriority according
* to the Priority Grouping configuration performed by NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig function
* ==========================================================================================================================
* NVIC_PriorityGroup | NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority | NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority | Description
* ==========================================================================================================================
* NVIC_PriorityGroup_0 | 0 | 0-15 | 0 bits for pre-emption priority
* | | | 4 bits for subpriority
* --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* NVIC_PriorityGroup_1 | 0-1 | 0-7 | 1 bits for pre-emption priority
* | | | 3 bits for subpriority
* --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* NVIC_PriorityGroup_2 | 0-3 | 0-3 | 2 bits for pre-emption priority
* | | | 2 bits for subpriority
* --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* NVIC_PriorityGroup_3 | 0-7 | 0-1 | 3 bits for pre-emption priority
* | | | 1 bits for subpriority
* --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* NVIC_PriorityGroup_4 | 0-15 | 0 | 4 bits for pre-emption priority
* | | | 0 bits for subpriority
* ==========================================================================================================================
*
* 2. Enable and Configure the priority of the selected IRQ Channels using NVIC_Init()
*
* @note When the NVIC_PriorityGroup_0 is selected, IRQ pre-emption is no more possible.
* The pending IRQ priority will be managed only by the subpriority.
*
* @note IRQ priority order (sorted by highest to lowest priority):
* - Lowest pre-emption priority
* - Lowest subpriority
* - Lowest hardware priority (IRQ number)
*
* @endverbatim
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2013 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
* You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at:
*
* http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "misc.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup MISC
* @brief MISC driver modules
* @{
*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
#define AIRCR_VECTKEY_MASK ((uint32_t)0x05FA0000)
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup MISC_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Configures the priority grouping: pre-emption priority and subpriority.
* @param NVIC_PriorityGroup: specifies the priority grouping bits length.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg NVIC_PriorityGroup_0: 0 bits for pre-emption priority
* 4 bits for subpriority
* @arg NVIC_PriorityGroup_1: 1 bits for pre-emption priority
* 3 bits for subpriority
* @arg NVIC_PriorityGroup_2: 2 bits for pre-emption priority
* 2 bits for subpriority
* @arg NVIC_PriorityGroup_3: 3 bits for pre-emption priority
* 1 bits for subpriority
* @arg NVIC_PriorityGroup_4: 4 bits for pre-emption priority
* 0 bits for subpriority
* @note When the NVIC_PriorityGroup_0 is selected, IRQ pre-emption is no more possible.
* The pending IRQ priority will be managed only by the subpriority.
* @retval None
*/
void NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig(uint32_t NVIC_PriorityGroup)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_PRIORITY_GROUP(NVIC_PriorityGroup));
/* Set the PRIGROUP[10:8] bits according to NVIC_PriorityGroup value */
SCB->AIRCR = AIRCR_VECTKEY_MASK | NVIC_PriorityGroup;
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the NVIC peripheral according to the specified
* parameters in the NVIC_InitStruct.
* @note To configure interrupts priority correctly, the NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig()
* function should be called before.
* @param NVIC_InitStruct: pointer to a NVIC_InitTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified NVIC peripheral.
* @retval None
*/
void NVIC_Init(const NVIC_InitTypeDef* NVIC_InitStruct)
{
uint8_t tmppriority = 0x00, tmppre = 0x00, tmpsub = 0x0F;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelCmd));
assert_param(IS_NVIC_PREEMPTION_PRIORITY(NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority));
assert_param(IS_NVIC_SUB_PRIORITY(NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority));
if (NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelCmd != DISABLE)
{
/* Compute the Corresponding IRQ Priority --------------------------------*/
tmppriority = (0x700 - ((SCB->AIRCR) & (uint32_t)0x700))>> 0x08;
tmppre = (0x4 - tmppriority);
tmpsub = tmpsub >> tmppriority;
tmppriority = NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority << tmppre;
tmppriority |= (uint8_t)(NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority & tmpsub);
tmppriority = tmppriority << 0x04;
NVIC->IP[NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannel] = tmppriority;
/* Enable the Selected IRQ Channels --------------------------------------*/
NVIC->ISER[NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannel >> 0x05] =
(uint32_t)0x01 << (NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannel & (uint8_t)0x1F);
}
else
{
/* Disable the Selected IRQ Channels -------------------------------------*/
NVIC->ICER[NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannel >> 0x05] =
(uint32_t)0x01 << (NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannel & (uint8_t)0x1F);
}
}
/**
* @brief Sets the vector table location and Offset.
* @param NVIC_VectTab: specifies if the vector table is in RAM or FLASH memory.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg NVIC_VectTab_RAM: Vector Table in internal SRAM.
* @arg NVIC_VectTab_FLASH: Vector Table in internal FLASH.
* @param Offset: Vector Table base offset field. This value must be a multiple of 0x200.
* @retval None
*/
void NVIC_SetVectorTable(uint32_t NVIC_VectTab, uint32_t Offset)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_VECTTAB(NVIC_VectTab));
assert_param(IS_NVIC_OFFSET(Offset));
SCB->VTOR = NVIC_VectTab | (Offset & (uint32_t)0x1FFFFF80);
}
/**
* @brief Selects the condition for the system to enter low power mode.
* @param LowPowerMode: Specifies the new mode for the system to enter low power mode.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg NVIC_LP_SEVONPEND: Low Power SEV on Pend.
* @arg NVIC_LP_SLEEPDEEP: Low Power DEEPSLEEP request.
* @arg NVIC_LP_SLEEPONEXIT: Low Power Sleep on Exit.
* @param NewState: new state of LP condition. This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void NVIC_SystemLPConfig(uint8_t LowPowerMode, FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_LP(LowPowerMode));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
SCB->SCR |= LowPowerMode;
}
else
{
SCB->SCR &= (uint32_t)(~(uint32_t)LowPowerMode);
}
}
/**
* @brief Configures the SysTick clock source.
* @param SysTick_CLKSource: specifies the SysTick clock source.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK_Div8: AHB clock divided by 8 selected as SysTick clock source.
* @arg SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK: AHB clock selected as SysTick clock source.
* @retval None
*/
void SysTick_CLKSourceConfig(uint32_t SysTick_CLKSource)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_SYSTICK_CLK_SOURCE(SysTick_CLKSource));
if (SysTick_CLKSource == SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK)
{
SysTick->CTRL |= SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK;
}
else
{
SysTick->CTRL &= SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK_Div8;
}
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

313
flight/pios/stm32f4xx/libraries/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_exti.c.bak
View File

@ -1,313 +0,0 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_exti.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.1.0
* @date 11-January-2013
* @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the EXTI peripheral:
* + Initialization and Configuration
* + Interrupts and flags management
*
@verbatim
===================================================================
##### EXTI features #####
===================================================================
[..] External interrupt/event lines are mapped as following:
(#) All available GPIO pins are connected to the 16 external
interrupt/event lines from EXTI0 to EXTI15.
(#) EXTI line 16 is connected to the PVD Output
(#) EXTI line 17 is connected to the RTC Alarm event
(#) EXTI line 18 is connected to the USB OTG FS Wakeup from suspend event
(#) EXTI line 19 is connected to the Ethernet Wakeup event
(#) EXTI line 20 is connected to the USB OTG HS (configured in FS) Wakeup event
(#) EXTI line 21 is connected to the RTC Tamper and Time Stamp events
(#) EXTI line 22 is connected to the RTC Wakeup event
##### How to use this driver #####
===================================================================
[..] In order to use an I/O pin as an external interrupt source, follow steps
below:
(#) Configure the I/O in input mode using GPIO_Init()
(#) Select the input source pin for the EXTI line using SYSCFG_EXTILineConfig()
(#) Select the mode(interrupt, event) and configure the trigger
selection (Rising, falling or both) using EXTI_Init()
(#) Configure NVIC IRQ channel mapped to the EXTI line using NVIC_Init()
[..]
(@) SYSCFG APB clock must be enabled to get write access to SYSCFG_EXTICRx
registers using RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SYSCFG, ENABLE);
@endverbatim
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2013 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
* You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at:
*
* http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx_exti.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup EXTI
* @brief EXTI driver modules
* @{
*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
#define EXTI_LINENONE ((uint32_t)0x00000) /* No interrupt selected */
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup EXTI_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup EXTI_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
===============================================================================
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Deinitializes the EXTI peripheral registers to their default reset values.
* @param None
* @retval None
*/
void EXTI_DeInit(void)
{
EXTI->IMR = 0x00000000;
EXTI->EMR = 0x00000000;
EXTI->RTSR = 0x00000000;
EXTI->FTSR = 0x00000000;
EXTI->PR = 0x007FFFFF;
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the EXTI peripheral according to the specified
* parameters in the EXTI_InitStruct.
* @param EXTI_InitStruct: pointer to a EXTI_InitTypeDef structure
* that contains the configuration information for the EXTI peripheral.
* @retval None
*/
void EXTI_Init(const EXTI_InitTypeDef* EXTI_InitStruct)
{
uint32_t tmp = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_EXTI_MODE(EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Mode));
assert_param(IS_EXTI_TRIGGER(EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Trigger));
assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_LineCmd));
tmp = (uint32_t)EXTI_BASE;
if (EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_LineCmd != DISABLE)
{
/* Clear EXTI line configuration */
EXTI->IMR &= ~EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line;
EXTI->EMR &= ~EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line;
tmp += EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Mode;
*(__IO uint32_t *) tmp |= EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line;
/* Clear Rising Falling edge configuration */
EXTI->RTSR &= ~EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line;
EXTI->FTSR &= ~EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line;
/* Select the trigger for the selected external interrupts */
if (EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Trigger == EXTI_Trigger_Rising_Falling)
{
/* Rising Falling edge */
EXTI->RTSR |= EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line;
EXTI->FTSR |= EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line;
}
else
{
tmp = (uint32_t)EXTI_BASE;
tmp += EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Trigger;
*(__IO uint32_t *) tmp |= EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line;
}
}
else
{
tmp += EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Mode;
/* Disable the selected external lines */
*(__IO uint32_t *) tmp &= ~EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line;
}
}
/**
* @brief Fills each EXTI_InitStruct member with its reset value.
* @param EXTI_InitStruct: pointer to a EXTI_InitTypeDef structure which will
* be initialized.
* @retval None
*/
void EXTI_StructInit(EXTI_InitTypeDef* EXTI_InitStruct)
{
EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line = EXTI_LINENONE;
EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Mode = EXTI_Mode_Interrupt;
EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Trigger = EXTI_Trigger_Falling;
EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_LineCmd = DISABLE;
}
/**
* @brief Generates a Software interrupt on selected EXTI line.
* @param EXTI_Line: specifies the EXTI line on which the software interrupt
* will be generated.
* This parameter can be any combination of EXTI_Linex where x can be (0..22)
* @retval None
*/
void EXTI_GenerateSWInterrupt(uint32_t EXTI_Line)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(EXTI_Line));
EXTI->SWIER |= EXTI_Line;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup EXTI_Group2 Interrupts and flags management functions
* @brief Interrupts and flags management functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Interrupts and flags management functions #####
===============================================================================
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Checks whether the specified EXTI line flag is set or not.
* @param EXTI_Line: specifies the EXTI line flag to check.
* This parameter can be EXTI_Linex where x can be(0..22)
* @retval The new state of EXTI_Line (SET or RESET).
*/
FlagStatus EXTI_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t EXTI_Line)
{
FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GET_EXTI_LINE(EXTI_Line));
if ((EXTI->PR & EXTI_Line) != (uint32_t)RESET)
{
bitstatus = SET;
}
else
{
bitstatus = RESET;
}
return bitstatus;
}
/**
* @brief Clears the EXTI's line pending flags.
* @param EXTI_Line: specifies the EXTI lines flags to clear.
* This parameter can be any combination of EXTI_Linex where x can be (0..22)
* @retval None
*/
void EXTI_ClearFlag(uint32_t EXTI_Line)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(EXTI_Line));
EXTI->PR = EXTI_Line;
}
/**
* @brief Checks whether the specified EXTI line is asserted or not.
* @param EXTI_Line: specifies the EXTI line to check.
* This parameter can be EXTI_Linex where x can be(0..22)
* @retval The new state of EXTI_Line (SET or RESET).
*/
ITStatus EXTI_GetITStatus(uint32_t EXTI_Line)
{
ITStatus bitstatus = RESET;
uint32_t enablestatus = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GET_EXTI_LINE(EXTI_Line));
enablestatus = EXTI->IMR & EXTI_Line;
if (((EXTI->PR & EXTI_Line) != (uint32_t)RESET) && (enablestatus != (uint32_t)RESET))
{
bitstatus = SET;
}
else
{
bitstatus = RESET;
}
return bitstatus;
}
/**
* @brief Clears the EXTI's line pending bits.
* @param EXTI_Line: specifies the EXTI lines to clear.
* This parameter can be any combination of EXTI_Linex where x can be (0..22)
* @retval None
*/
void EXTI_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t EXTI_Line)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(EXTI_Line));
EXTI->PR = EXTI_Line;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

1176
flight/pios/stm32f4xx/libraries/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_flash.c.bak
View File

@ -1,1176 +0,0 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_flash.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.1.0
* @date 11-January-2013
* @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the FLASH peripheral:
* + FLASH Interface configuration
* + FLASH Memory Programming
* + Option Bytes Programming
* + Interrupts and flags management
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This driver provides functions to configure and program the FLASH memory
of all STM32F4xx devices. These functions are split in 4 groups:
(#) FLASH Interface configuration functions: this group includes the
management of the following features:
(++) Set the latency
(++) Enable/Disable the prefetch buffer
(++) Enable/Disable the Instruction cache and the Data cache
(++) Reset the Instruction cache and the Data cache
(#) FLASH Memory Programming functions: this group includes all needed
functions to erase and program the main memory:
(++) Lock and Unlock the FLASH interface
(++) Erase function: Erase sector, erase all sectors
(++) Program functions: byte, half word, word and double word
(#) Option Bytes Programming functions: this group includes all needed
functions to manage the Option Bytes:
(++) Set/Reset the write protection
(++) Set the Read protection Level
(++) Set the BOR level
(++) Program the user Option Bytes
(++) Launch the Option Bytes loader
(#) Interrupts and flags management functions: this group
includes all needed functions to:
(++) Enable/Disable the FLASH interrupt sources
(++) Get flags status
(++) Clear flags
(++) Get FLASH operation status
(++) Wait for last FLASH operation
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2013 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
* You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at:
*
* http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx_flash.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup FLASH
* @brief FLASH driver modules
* @{
*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
#define SECTOR_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFF07)
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Group1 FLASH Interface configuration functions
* @brief FLASH Interface configuration functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### FLASH Interface configuration functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This group includes the following functions:
(+) void FLASH_SetLatency(uint32_t FLASH_Latency)
To correctly read data from FLASH memory, the number of wait states (LATENCY)
must be correctly programmed according to the frequency of the CPU clock
(HCLK) and the supply voltage of the device.
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
| Latency | HCLK clock frequency (MHz) |
| |---------------------------------------------------------------------|
| | voltage range | voltage range | voltage range | voltage range |
| | 2.7 V - 3.6 V | 2.4 V - 2.7 V | 2.1 V - 2.4 V | 1.8 V - 2.1 V |
|---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------|
|0WS(1CPU cycle)|0 < HCLK <= 30 |0 < HCLK <= 24 |0 < HCLK <= 22 |0 < HCLK <= 20 |
|---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------|
|1WS(2CPU cycle)|30 < HCLK <= 60 |24 < HCLK <= 48 |22 < HCLK <= 44 |20 < HCLK <= 40 |
|---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------|
|2WS(3CPU cycle)|60 < HCLK <= 90 |48 < HCLK <= 72 |44 < HCLK <= 66 |40 < HCLK <= 60 |
|---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------|
|3WS(4CPU cycle)|90 < HCLK <= 120|72 < HCLK <= 96 |66 < HCLK <= 88 |60 < HCLK <= 80 |
|---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------|
|4WS(5CPU cycle)|120< HCLK <= 150|96 < HCLK <= 120|88 < HCLK <= 110 |80 < HCLK <= 100 |
|---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------|
|5WS(6CPU cycle)|120< HCLK <= 168|120< HCLK <= 144|110 < HCLK <= 132|100 < HCLK <= 120|
|---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------|
|6WS(7CPU cycle)| NA |144< HCLK <= 168|132 < HCLK <= 154|120 < HCLK <= 140|
|---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------|
|7WS(8CPU cycle)| NA | NA |154 < HCLK <= 168|140 < HCLK <= 160|
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
[..]
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
| | voltage range | voltage range | voltage range | voltage range | voltage range 2.7 V - 3.6 V |
| | 2.7 V - 3.6 V | 2.4 V - 2.7 V | 2.1 V - 2.4 V | 1.8 V - 2.1 V | with External Vpp = 9V |
|---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------|-----------------------------|
|Max Parallelism| x32 | x16 | x8 | x64 |
|---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------|-----------------------------|
|PSIZE[1:0] | 10 | 01 | 00 | 11 |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-@- When VOS bit (in PWR_CR register) is reset to 0 , the maximum value of HCLK is 144 MHz.
You can use PWR_MainRegulatorModeConfig() function to set or reset this bit.
-@- On STM32F40xx/41xx devices:
(++) when VOS = '0', the maximum value of fHCLK = 144MHz.
(++) when VOS = '1', the maximum value of fHCLK = 168MHz.
[..]
On STM32F427x/437x devices:
(++) when VOS[1:0] = '0x01', the maximum value of fHCLK is 120MHz.
(++) when VOS[1:0] = '0x10', the maximum value of fHCLK is 144MHz.
(++) when VOS[1:0] = '0x11', the maximum value of f is 168MHz
You can use PWR_MainRegulatorModeConfig() function to control VOS bits.
(+) void FLASH_PrefetchBufferCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
(+) void FLASH_InstructionCacheCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
(+) void FLASH_DataCacheCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
(+) void FLASH_InstructionCacheReset(void)
(+) void FLASH_DataCacheReset(void)
[..]
The unlock sequence is not needed for these functions.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Sets the code latency value.
* @param FLASH_Latency: specifies the FLASH Latency value.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg FLASH_Latency_0: FLASH Zero Latency cycle
* @arg FLASH_Latency_1: FLASH One Latency cycle
* @arg FLASH_Latency_2: FLASH Two Latency cycles
* @arg FLASH_Latency_3: FLASH Three Latency cycles
* @arg FLASH_Latency_4: FLASH Four Latency cycles
* @arg FLASH_Latency_5: FLASH Five Latency cycles
* @arg FLASH_Latency_6: FLASH Six Latency cycles
* @arg FLASH_Latency_7: FLASH Seven Latency cycles
* For STM32F40xx/41xx and STM32F427x/437x devices this parameter can be
* a value between FLASH_Latency_0 and FLASH_Latency_7.
* @retval None
*/
void FLASH_SetLatency(uint32_t FLASH_Latency)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FLASH_LATENCY(FLASH_Latency));
/* Perform Byte access to FLASH_ACR[8:0] to set the Latency value */
*(__IO uint8_t *)ACR_BYTE0_ADDRESS = (uint8_t)FLASH_Latency;
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the Prefetch Buffer.
* @param NewState: new state of the Prefetch Buffer.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void FLASH_PrefetchBufferCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
/* Enable or disable the Prefetch Buffer */
if(NewState != DISABLE)
{
FLASH->ACR |= FLASH_ACR_PRFTEN;
}
else
{
FLASH->ACR &= (~FLASH_ACR_PRFTEN);
}
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the Instruction Cache feature.
* @param NewState: new state of the Instruction Cache.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void FLASH_InstructionCacheCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
if(NewState != DISABLE)
{
FLASH->ACR |= FLASH_ACR_ICEN;
}
else
{
FLASH->ACR &= (~FLASH_ACR_ICEN);
}
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the Data Cache feature.
* @param NewState: new state of the Data Cache.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void FLASH_DataCacheCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
if(NewState != DISABLE)
{
FLASH->ACR |= FLASH_ACR_DCEN;
}
else
{
FLASH->ACR &= (~FLASH_ACR_DCEN);
}
}
/**
* @brief Resets the Instruction Cache.
* @note This function must be used only when the Instruction Cache is disabled.
* @param None
* @retval None
*/
void FLASH_InstructionCacheReset(void)
{
FLASH->ACR |= FLASH_ACR_ICRST;
}
/**
* @brief Resets the Data Cache.
* @note This function must be used only when the Data Cache is disabled.
* @param None
* @retval None
*/
void FLASH_DataCacheReset(void)
{
FLASH->ACR |= FLASH_ACR_DCRST;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Group2 FLASH Memory Programming functions
* @brief FLASH Memory Programming functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### FLASH Memory Programming functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This group includes the following functions:
(+) void FLASH_Unlock(void)
(+) void FLASH_Lock(void)
(+) FLASH_Status FLASH_EraseSector(uint32_t FLASH_Sector, uint8_t VoltageRange)
(+) FLASH_Status FLASH_EraseAllSectors(uint8_t VoltageRange)
(+) FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramDoubleWord(uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data)
(+) FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramWord(uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data)
(+) FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramHalfWord(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Data)
(+) FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramByte(uint32_t Address, uint8_t Data)
[..]
Any operation of erase or program should follow these steps:
(#) Call the FLASH_Unlock() function to enable the FLASH control register access
(#) Call the desired function to erase sector(s) or program data
(#) Call the FLASH_Lock() function to disable the FLASH control register access
(recommended to protect the FLASH memory against possible unwanted operation)
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Unlocks the FLASH control register access
* @param None
* @retval None
*/
void FLASH_Unlock(void)
{
if((FLASH->CR & FLASH_CR_LOCK) != RESET)
{
/* Authorize the FLASH Registers access */
FLASH->KEYR = FLASH_KEY1;
FLASH->KEYR = FLASH_KEY2;
}
}
/**
* @brief Locks the FLASH control register access
* @param None
* @retval None
*/
void FLASH_Lock(void)
{
/* Set the LOCK Bit to lock the FLASH Registers access */
FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_LOCK;
}
/**
* @brief Erases a specified FLASH Sector.
*
* @note If an erase and a program operations are requested simustaneously,
* the erase operation is performed before the program one.
*
* @param FLASH_Sector: The Sector number to be erased.
* For STM32F40xx/41xx devices this parameter can be a value between
* FLASH_Sector_0 and FLASH_Sector_11.
* For STM32F427x/437x devices this parameter can be a value between
* FLASH_Sector_0 and FLASH_Sector_23.
*
* @param VoltageRange: The device voltage range which defines the erase parallelism.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg VoltageRange_1: when the device voltage range is 1.8V to 2.1V,
* the operation will be done by byte (8-bit)
* @arg VoltageRange_2: when the device voltage range is 2.1V to 2.7V,
* the operation will be done by half word (16-bit)
* @arg VoltageRange_3: when the device voltage range is 2.7V to 3.6V,
* the operation will be done by word (32-bit)
* @arg VoltageRange_4: when the device voltage range is 2.7V to 3.6V + External Vpp,
* the operation will be done by double word (64-bit)
*
* @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM,
* FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_ERROR_OPERATION or FLASH_COMPLETE.
*/
FLASH_Status FLASH_EraseSector(uint32_t FLASH_Sector, uint8_t VoltageRange)
{
uint32_t tmp_psize = 0x0;
FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FLASH_SECTOR(FLASH_Sector));
assert_param(IS_VOLTAGERANGE(VoltageRange));
if(VoltageRange == VoltageRange_1)
{
tmp_psize = FLASH_PSIZE_BYTE;
}
else if(VoltageRange == VoltageRange_2)
{
tmp_psize = FLASH_PSIZE_HALF_WORD;
}
else if(VoltageRange == VoltageRange_3)
{
tmp_psize = FLASH_PSIZE_WORD;
}
else
{
tmp_psize = FLASH_PSIZE_DOUBLE_WORD;
}
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation();
if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
{
/* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase the sector */
FLASH->CR &= CR_PSIZE_MASK;
FLASH->CR |= tmp_psize;
FLASH->CR &= SECTOR_MASK;
FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_SER | FLASH_Sector;
FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_STRT;
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation();
/* if the erase operation is completed, disable the SER Bit */
FLASH->CR &= (~FLASH_CR_SER);
FLASH->CR &= SECTOR_MASK;
}
/* Return the Erase Status */
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Erases all FLASH Sectors.
*
* @note If an erase and a program operations are requested simustaneously,
* the erase operation is performed before the program one.
*
* @param VoltageRange: The device voltage range which defines the erase parallelism.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg VoltageRange_1: when the device voltage range is 1.8V to 2.1V,
* the operation will be done by byte (8-bit)
* @arg VoltageRange_2: when the device voltage range is 2.1V to 2.7V,
* the operation will be done by half word (16-bit)
* @arg VoltageRange_3: when the device voltage range is 2.7V to 3.6V,
* the operation will be done by word (32-bit)
* @arg VoltageRange_4: when the device voltage range is 2.7V to 3.6V + External Vpp,
* the operation will be done by double word (64-bit)
*
* @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM,
* FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_ERROR_OPERATION or FLASH_COMPLETE.
*/
FLASH_Status FLASH_EraseAllSectors(uint8_t VoltageRange)
{
uint32_t tmp_psize;
FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation();
assert_param(IS_VOLTAGERANGE(VoltageRange));
if(VoltageRange == VoltageRange_1)
{
tmp_psize = FLASH_PSIZE_BYTE;
}
else if(VoltageRange == VoltageRange_2)
{
tmp_psize = FLASH_PSIZE_HALF_WORD;
}
else if(VoltageRange == VoltageRange_3)
{
tmp_psize = FLASH_PSIZE_WORD;
}
else
{
tmp_psize = FLASH_PSIZE_DOUBLE_WORD;
}
if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
{
/* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase all sectors */
#if defined (STM32F427X)
FLASH->CR &= CR_PSIZE_MASK;
FLASH->CR |= tmp_psize;
FLASH->CR |= (FLASH_CR_MER1 | FLASH_CR_MER2);
FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_STRT;
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation();
/* if the erase operation is completed, disable the MER Bit */
FLASH->CR &= ~(FLASH_CR_MER1 | FLASH_CR_MER2);
#endif /* STM32F427X */
#if defined (STM32F40XX) || defined (STM32F4XX)
FLASH->CR &= CR_PSIZE_MASK;
FLASH->CR |= tmp_psize;
FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_MER;
FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_STRT;
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation();
/* if the erase operation is completed, disable the MER Bit */
FLASH->CR &= (~FLASH_CR_MER);
#endif /* STM32F40XX */
}
/* Return the Erase Status */
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Programs a double word (64-bit) at a specified address.
* @note This function must be used when the device voltage range is from
* 2.7V to 3.6V and an External Vpp is present.
*
* @note If an erase and a program operations are requested simustaneously,
* the erase operation is performed before the program one.
*
* @param Address: specifies the address to be programmed.
* @param Data: specifies the data to be programmed.
* @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM,
* FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_ERROR_OPERATION or FLASH_COMPLETE.
*/
FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramDoubleWord(uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data)
{
FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FLASH_ADDRESS(Address));
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation();
if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
{
/* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new data */
FLASH->CR &= CR_PSIZE_MASK;
FLASH->CR |= FLASH_PSIZE_DOUBLE_WORD;
FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_PG;
*(__IO uint64_t*)Address = Data;
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation();
/* if the program operation is completed, disable the PG Bit */
FLASH->CR &= (~FLASH_CR_PG);
}
/* Return the Program Status */
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Programs a word (32-bit) at a specified address.
*
* @note This function must be used when the device voltage range is from 2.7V to 3.6V.
*
* @note If an erase and a program operations are requested simustaneously,
* the erase operation is performed before the program one.
*
* @param Address: specifies the address to be programmed.
* This parameter can be any address in Program memory zone or in OTP zone.
* @param Data: specifies the data to be programmed.
* @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM,
* FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_ERROR_OPERATION or FLASH_COMPLETE.
*/
FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramWord(uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data)
{
FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FLASH_ADDRESS(Address));
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation();
if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
{
/* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new data */
FLASH->CR &= CR_PSIZE_MASK;
FLASH->CR |= FLASH_PSIZE_WORD;
FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_PG;
*(__IO uint32_t*)Address = Data;
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation();
/* if the program operation is completed, disable the PG Bit */
FLASH->CR &= (~FLASH_CR_PG);
}
/* Return the Program Status */
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Programs a half word (16-bit) at a specified address.
* @note This function must be used when the device voltage range is from 2.1V to 3.6V.
*
* @note If an erase and a program operations are requested simustaneously,
* the erase operation is performed before the program one.
*
* @param Address: specifies the address to be programmed.
* This parameter can be any address in Program memory zone or in OTP zone.
* @param Data: specifies the data to be programmed.
* @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM,
* FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_ERROR_OPERATION or FLASH_COMPLETE.
*/
FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramHalfWord(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Data)
{
FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FLASH_ADDRESS(Address));
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation();
if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
{
/* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new data */
FLASH->CR &= CR_PSIZE_MASK;
FLASH->CR |= FLASH_PSIZE_HALF_WORD;
FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_PG;
*(__IO uint16_t*)Address = Data;
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation();
/* if the program operation is completed, disable the PG Bit */
FLASH->CR &= (~FLASH_CR_PG);
}
/* Return the Program Status */
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Programs a byte (8-bit) at a specified address.
* @note This function can be used within all the device supply voltage ranges.
*
* @note If an erase and a program operations are requested simustaneously,
* the erase operation is performed before the program one.
*
* @param Address: specifies the address to be programmed.
* This parameter can be any address in Program memory zone or in OTP zone.
* @param Data: specifies the data to be programmed.
* @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM,
* FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_ERROR_OPERATION or FLASH_COMPLETE.
*/
FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramByte(uint32_t Address, uint8_t Data)
{
FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FLASH_ADDRESS(Address));
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation();
if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
{
/* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new data */
FLASH->CR &= CR_PSIZE_MASK;
FLASH->CR |= FLASH_PSIZE_BYTE;
FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_PG;
*(__IO uint8_t*)Address = Data;
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation();
/* if the program operation is completed, disable the PG Bit */
FLASH->CR &= (~FLASH_CR_PG);
}
/* Return the Program Status */
return status;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Group3 Option Bytes Programming functions
* @brief Option Bytes Programming functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Option Bytes Programming functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This group includes the following functions:
(+) void FLASH_OB_Unlock(void)
(+) void FLASH_OB_Lock(void)
(+) void FLASH_OB_WRPConfig(uint32_t OB_WRP, FunctionalState NewState)
(+) void FLASH_OB_WRP1Config(uint32_t OB_WRP, FunctionalState NewState)
(+) void FLASH_OB_RDPConfig(uint8_t OB_RDP)
(+) void FLASH_OB_UserConfig(uint8_t OB_IWDG, uint8_t OB_STOP, uint8_t OB_STDBY)
(+) void FLASH_OB_BORConfig(uint8_t OB_BOR)
(+) FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramOTP(uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data)
(+) FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_Launch(void)
(+) uint32_t FLASH_OB_GetUser(void)
(+) uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetWRP(void)
(+) uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetWRP1(void)
(+) uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetRDP(void)
(+) uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetBOR(void)
[..]
Any operation of erase or program should follow these steps:
(#) Call the FLASH_OB_Unlock() function to enable the FLASH option control
register access
(#) Call one or several functions to program the desired Option Bytes:
(++) void FLASH_OB_WRPConfig(uint32_t OB_WRP, FunctionalState NewState)
=> to Enable/Disable the desired sector write protection
(++) void FLASH_OB_RDPConfig(uint8_t OB_RDP) => to set the desired read
Protection Level
(++) void FLASH_OB_UserConfig(uint8_t OB_IWDG, uint8_t OB_STOP, uint8_t OB_STDBY)
=> to configure the user Option Bytes.
(++) void FLASH_OB_BORConfig(uint8_t OB_BOR) => to set the BOR Level
(#) Once all needed Option Bytes to be programmed are correctly written,
call the FLASH_OB_Launch() function to launch the Option Bytes
programming process.
-@- When changing the IWDG mode from HW to SW or from SW to HW, a system
reset is needed to make the change effective.
(#) Call the FLASH_OB_Lock() function to disable the FLASH option control
register access (recommended to protect the Option Bytes against
possible unwanted operations)
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Unlocks the FLASH Option Control Registers access.
* @param None
* @retval None
*/
void FLASH_OB_Unlock(void)
{
if((FLASH->OPTCR & FLASH_OPTCR_OPTLOCK) != RESET)
{
/* Authorizes the Option Byte register programming */
FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_OPT_KEY1;
FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_OPT_KEY2;
}
}
/**
* @brief Locks the FLASH Option Control Registers access.
* @param None
* @retval None
*/
void FLASH_OB_Lock(void)
{
/* Set the OPTLOCK Bit to lock the FLASH Option Byte Registers access */
FLASH->OPTCR |= FLASH_OPTCR_OPTLOCK;
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the write protection of the desired sectors
*
* @note When the memory read protection level is selected (RDP level = 1),
* it is not possible to program or erase the flash sector i if CortexM4
* debug features are connected or boot code is executed in RAM, even if nWRPi = 1
* @note Active value of nWRPi bits is inverted when PCROP mode is active (SPRMOD =1).
*
* @param OB_WRP: specifies the sector(s) to be write protected or unprotected.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg OB_WRP: A value between OB_WRP_Sector0 and OB_WRP_Sector11
* @arg OB_WRP_Sector_All
* @param Newstate: new state of the Write Protection.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void FLASH_OB_WRPConfig(uint32_t OB_WRP, FunctionalState NewState)
{
FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_OB_WRP(OB_WRP));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation();
if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
{
if(NewState != DISABLE)
{
*(__IO uint16_t*)OPTCR_BYTE2_ADDRESS &= (~OB_WRP);
}
else
{
*(__IO uint16_t*)OPTCR_BYTE2_ADDRESS |= (uint16_t)OB_WRP;
}
}
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the write protection of the desired sectors
* @note This function can be used only for STM32F427x/437x devices.
* @note When the memory read out protection is selected (RDP level = 1),
* it is not possible to program or erase the flash sector i if CortexM4
* debug features are connected or boot code is executed in RAM, even if nWRPi = 1
* @note Active value of nWRPi bits is inverted when PCROP mode is active (SPRMOD =1).
*
* @param OB_WRP: specifies the sector(s) to be write protected or unprotected.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg OB_WRP: A value between OB_WRP_Sector12 and OB_WRP_Sector23
* @arg OB_WRP_Sector_All
* @param Newstate: new state of the Write Protection.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void FLASH_OB_WRP1Config(uint32_t OB_WRP, FunctionalState NewState)
{
FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_OB_WRP(OB_WRP));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation();
if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
{
if(NewState != DISABLE)
{
*(__IO uint16_t*)OPTCR1_BYTE2_ADDRESS &= (~OB_WRP);
}
else
{
*(__IO uint16_t*)OPTCR1_BYTE2_ADDRESS |= (uint16_t)OB_WRP;
}
}
}
/**
* @brief Sets the read protection level.
* @param OB_RDP: specifies the read protection level.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg OB_RDP_Level_0: No protection
* @arg OB_RDP_Level_1: Read protection of the memory
* @arg OB_RDP_Level_2: Full chip protection
*
* !!!Warning!!! When enabling OB_RDP level 2 it's no more possible to go back to level 1 or 0
*
* @retval None
*/
void FLASH_OB_RDPConfig(uint8_t OB_RDP)
{
FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_OB_RDP(OB_RDP));
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation();
if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
{
*(__IO uint8_t*)OPTCR_BYTE1_ADDRESS = OB_RDP;
}
}
/**
* @brief Programs the FLASH User Option Byte: IWDG_SW / RST_STOP / RST_STDBY.
* @param OB_IWDG: Selects the IWDG mode
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg OB_IWDG_SW: Software IWDG selected
* @arg OB_IWDG_HW: Hardware IWDG selected
* @param OB_STOP: Reset event when entering STOP mode.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg OB_STOP_NoRST: No reset generated when entering in STOP
* @arg OB_STOP_RST: Reset generated when entering in STOP
* @param OB_STDBY: Reset event when entering Standby mode.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg OB_STDBY_NoRST: No reset generated when entering in STANDBY
* @arg OB_STDBY_RST: Reset generated when entering in STANDBY
* @retval None
*/
void FLASH_OB_UserConfig(uint8_t OB_IWDG, uint8_t OB_STOP, uint8_t OB_STDBY)
{
uint8_t optiontmp = 0xFF;
FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_OB_IWDG_SOURCE(OB_IWDG));
assert_param(IS_OB_STOP_SOURCE(OB_STOP));
assert_param(IS_OB_STDBY_SOURCE(OB_STDBY));
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation();
if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE)
{
/* Mask OPTLOCK, OPTSTRT and BOR_LEV bits */
optiontmp = (uint8_t)((*(__IO uint8_t *)OPTCR_BYTE0_ADDRESS) & (uint8_t)0x0F);
/* Update User Option Byte */
*(__IO uint8_t *)OPTCR_BYTE0_ADDRESS = OB_IWDG | (uint8_t)(OB_STDBY | (uint8_t)(OB_STOP | ((uint8_t)optiontmp)));
}
}
/**
* @brief Sets the BOR Level.
* @param OB_BOR: specifies the Option Bytes BOR Reset Level.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg OB_BOR_LEVEL3: Supply voltage ranges from 2.7 to 3.6 V
* @arg OB_BOR_LEVEL2: Supply voltage ranges from 2.4 to 2.7 V
* @arg OB_BOR_LEVEL1: Supply voltage ranges from 2.1 to 2.4 V
* @arg OB_BOR_OFF: Supply voltage ranges from 1.62 to 2.1 V
* @retval None
*/
void FLASH_OB_BORConfig(uint8_t OB_BOR)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_OB_BOR(OB_BOR));
/* Set the BOR Level */
*(__IO uint8_t *)OPTCR_BYTE0_ADDRESS &= (~FLASH_OPTCR_BOR_LEV);
*(__IO uint8_t *)OPTCR_BYTE0_ADDRESS |= OB_BOR;
}
/**
* @brief Launch the option byte loading.
* @param None
* @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM,
* FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_ERROR_OPERATION or FLASH_COMPLETE.
*/
FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_Launch(void)
{
FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
/* Set the OPTSTRT bit in OPTCR register */
*(__IO uint8_t *)OPTCR_BYTE0_ADDRESS |= FLASH_OPTCR_OPTSTRT;
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation();
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Returns the FLASH User Option Bytes values.
* @param None
* @retval The FLASH User Option Bytes values: IWDG_SW(Bit0), RST_STOP(Bit1)
* and RST_STDBY(Bit2).
*/
uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetUser(void)
{
/* Return the User Option Byte */
return (uint8_t)(FLASH->OPTCR >> 5);
}
/**
* @brief Returns the FLASH Write Protection Option Bytes value.
* @param None
* @retval The FLASH Write Protection Option Bytes value
*/
uint16_t FLASH_OB_GetWRP(void)
{
/* Return the FLASH write protection Register value */
return (*(__IO uint16_t *)(OPTCR_BYTE2_ADDRESS));
}
/**
* @brief Returns the FLASH Write Protection Option Bytes value.
* @note This function can be used only for STM32F427x/437x devices.
* @param None
* @retval The FLASH Write Protection Option Bytes value
*/
uint16_t FLASH_OB_GetWRP1(void)
{
/* Return the FLASH write protection Register value */
return (*(__IO uint16_t *)(OPTCR1_BYTE2_ADDRESS));
}
/**
* @brief Returns the FLASH Read Protection level.
* @param None
* @retval FLASH ReadOut Protection Status:
* - SET, when OB_RDP_Level_1 or OB_RDP_Level_2 is set
* - RESET, when OB_RDP_Level_0 is set
*/
FlagStatus FLASH_OB_GetRDP(void)
{
FlagStatus readstatus = RESET;
if ((*(__IO uint8_t*)(OPTCR_BYTE1_ADDRESS) != (uint8_t)OB_RDP_Level_0))
{
readstatus = SET;
}
else
{
readstatus = RESET;
}
return readstatus;
}
/**
* @brief Returns the FLASH BOR level.
* @param None
* @retval The FLASH BOR level:
* - OB_BOR_LEVEL3: Supply voltage ranges from 2.7 to 3.6 V
* - OB_BOR_LEVEL2: Supply voltage ranges from 2.4 to 2.7 V
* - OB_BOR_LEVEL1: Supply voltage ranges from 2.1 to 2.4 V
* - OB_BOR_OFF : Supply voltage ranges from 1.62 to 2.1 V
*/
uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetBOR(void)
{
/* Return the FLASH BOR level */
return (uint8_t)(*(__IO uint8_t *)(OPTCR_BYTE0_ADDRESS) & (uint8_t)0x0C);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Group4 Interrupts and flags management functions
* @brief Interrupts and flags management functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Interrupts and flags management functions #####
===============================================================================
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the specified FLASH interrupts.
* @param FLASH_IT: specifies the FLASH interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled.
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
* @arg FLASH_IT_ERR: FLASH Error Interrupt
* @arg FLASH_IT_EOP: FLASH end of operation Interrupt
* @retval None
*/
void FLASH_ITConfig(uint32_t FLASH_IT, FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FLASH_IT(FLASH_IT));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
if(NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Enable the interrupt sources */
FLASH->CR |= FLASH_IT;
}
else
{
/* Disable the interrupt sources */
FLASH->CR &= ~(uint32_t)FLASH_IT;
}
}
/**
* @brief Checks whether the specified FLASH flag is set or not.
* @param FLASH_FLAG: specifies the FLASH flag to check.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg FLASH_FLAG_EOP: FLASH End of Operation flag
* @arg FLASH_FLAG_OPERR: FLASH operation Error flag
* @arg FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR: FLASH Write protected error flag
* @arg FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR: FLASH Programming Alignment error flag
* @arg FLASH_FLAG_PGPERR: FLASH Programming Parallelism error flag
* @arg FLASH_FLAG_PGSERR: FLASH Programming Sequence error flag
* @arg FLASH_FLAG_BSY: FLASH Busy flag
* @retval The new state of FLASH_FLAG (SET or RESET).
*/
FlagStatus FLASH_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t FLASH_FLAG)
{
FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG));
if((FLASH->SR & FLASH_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET)
{
bitstatus = SET;
}
else
{
bitstatus = RESET;
}
/* Return the new state of FLASH_FLAG (SET or RESET) */
return bitstatus;
}
/**
* @brief Clears the FLASH's pending flags.
* @param FLASH_FLAG: specifies the FLASH flags to clear.
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
* @arg FLASH_FLAG_EOP: FLASH End of Operation flag
* @arg FLASH_FLAG_OPERR: FLASH operation Error flag
* @arg FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR: FLASH Write protected error flag
* @arg FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR: FLASH Programming Alignment error flag
* @arg FLASH_FLAG_PGPERR: FLASH Programming Parallelism error flag
* @arg FLASH_FLAG_PGSERR: FLASH Programming Sequence error flag
* @retval None
*/
void FLASH_ClearFlag(uint32_t FLASH_FLAG)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG));
/* Clear the flags */
FLASH->SR = FLASH_FLAG;
}
/**
* @brief Returns the FLASH Status.
* @param None
* @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM,
* FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_ERROR_OPERATION or FLASH_COMPLETE.
*/
FLASH_Status FLASH_GetStatus(void)
{
FLASH_Status flashstatus = FLASH_COMPLETE;
if((FLASH->SR & FLASH_FLAG_BSY) == FLASH_FLAG_BSY)
{
flashstatus = FLASH_BUSY;
}
else
{
if((FLASH->SR & FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR) != (uint32_t)0x00)
{
flashstatus = FLASH_ERROR_WRP;
}
else
{
if((FLASH->SR & (uint32_t)0xEF) != (uint32_t)0x00)
{
flashstatus = FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM;
}
else
{
if((FLASH->SR & FLASH_FLAG_OPERR) != (uint32_t)0x00)
{
flashstatus = FLASH_ERROR_OPERATION;
}
else
{
flashstatus = FLASH_COMPLETE;
}
}
}
}
/* Return the FLASH Status */
return flashstatus;
}
/**
* @brief Waits for a FLASH operation to complete.
* @param None
* @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM,
* FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_ERROR_OPERATION or FLASH_COMPLETE.
*/
FLASH_Status FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(void)
{
__IO FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE;
/* Check for the FLASH Status */
status = FLASH_GetStatus();
/* Wait for the FLASH operation to complete by polling on BUSY flag to be reset.
Even if the FLASH operation fails, the BUSY flag will be reset and an error
flag will be set */
while(status == FLASH_BUSY)
{
status = FLASH_GetStatus();
}
/* Return the operation status */
return status;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

584
flight/pios/stm32f4xx/libraries/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_gpio.c.bak
View File

@ -1,584 +0,0 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_gpio.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.1.0
* @date 11-January-2013
* @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the GPIO peripheral:
* + Initialization and Configuration
* + GPIO Read and Write
* + GPIO Alternate functions configuration
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
===============================================================================
[..]
(#) Enable the GPIO AHB clock using the following function
RCC_AHB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOx, ENABLE);
(#) Configure the GPIO pin(s) using GPIO_Init()
Four possible configuration are available for each pin:
(++) Input: Floating, Pull-up, Pull-down.
(++) Output: Push-Pull (Pull-up, Pull-down or no Pull)
Open Drain (Pull-up, Pull-down or no Pull). In output mode, the speed
is configurable: 2 MHz, 25 MHz, 50 MHz or 100 MHz.
(++) Alternate Function: Push-Pull (Pull-up, Pull-down or no Pull) Open
Drain (Pull-up, Pull-down or no Pull).
(++) Analog: required mode when a pin is to be used as ADC channel or DAC
output.
(#) Peripherals alternate function:
(++) For ADC and DAC, configure the desired pin in analog mode using
GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_AN;
(+++) For other peripherals (TIM, USART...):
(+++) Connect the pin to the desired peripherals' Alternate
Function (AF) using GPIO_PinAFConfig() function
(+++) Configure the desired pin in alternate function mode using
GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_AF
(+++) Select the type, pull-up/pull-down and output speed via
GPIO_PuPd, GPIO_OType and GPIO_Speed members
(+++) Call GPIO_Init() function
(#) To get the level of a pin configured in input mode use GPIO_ReadInputDataBit()
(#) To set/reset the level of a pin configured in output mode use
GPIO_SetBits()/GPIO_ResetBits()
(#) During and just after reset, the alternate functions are not
active and the GPIO pins are configured in input floating mode (except JTAG
pins).
(#) The LSE oscillator pins OSC32_IN and OSC32_OUT can be used as general purpose
(PC14 and PC15, respectively) when the LSE oscillator is off. The LSE has
priority over the GPIO function.
(#) The HSE oscillator pins OSC_IN/OSC_OUT can be used as
general purpose PH0 and PH1, respectively, when the HSE oscillator is off.
The HSE has priority over the GPIO function.
@endverbatim
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2013 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
* You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at:
*
* http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx_gpio.h"
#include "stm32f4xx_rcc.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup GPIO
* @brief GPIO driver modules
* @{
*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup GPIO_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup GPIO_Group1 Initialization and Configuration
* @brief Initialization and Configuration
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Initialization and Configuration #####
===============================================================================
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief De-initializes the GPIOx peripheral registers to their default reset values.
* @note By default, The GPIO pins are configured in input floating mode (except JTAG pins).
* @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral for
* STM32F40xx/41xx and STM32F427x/437x devices.
* @retval None
*/
void GPIO_DeInit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx));
if (GPIOx == GPIOA)
{
RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOA, ENABLE);
RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOA, DISABLE);
}
else if (GPIOx == GPIOB)
{
RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOB, ENABLE);
RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOB, DISABLE);
}
else if (GPIOx == GPIOC)
{
RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOC, ENABLE);
RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOC, DISABLE);
}
else if (GPIOx == GPIOD)
{
RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOD, ENABLE);
RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOD, DISABLE);
}
else if (GPIOx == GPIOE)
{
RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOE, ENABLE);
RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOE, DISABLE);
}
else if (GPIOx == GPIOF)
{
RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOF, ENABLE);
RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOF, DISABLE);
}
else if (GPIOx == GPIOG)
{
RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOG, ENABLE);
RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOG, DISABLE);
}
else if (GPIOx == GPIOH)
{
RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOH, ENABLE);
RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOH, DISABLE);
}
else
{
if (GPIOx == GPIOI)
{
RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOI, ENABLE);
RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOI, DISABLE);
}
}
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the GPIOx peripheral according to the specified parameters in the GPIO_InitStruct.
* @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral for
* STM32F40xx/41xx and STM32F427x/437x devices.
* @param GPIO_InitStruct: pointer to a GPIO_InitTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified GPIO peripheral.
* @retval None
*/
void GPIO_Init(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, const GPIO_InitTypeDef* GPIO_InitStruct)
{
uint32_t pinpos = 0x00, pos = 0x00 , currentpin = 0x00;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx));
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin));
assert_param(IS_GPIO_MODE(GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode));
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PUPD(GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_PuPd));
/* ------------------------- Configure the port pins ---------------- */
/*-- GPIO Mode Configuration --*/
for (pinpos = 0x00; pinpos < 0x10; pinpos++)
{
pos = ((uint32_t)0x01) << pinpos;
/* Get the port pins position */
currentpin = (GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin) & pos;
if (currentpin == pos)
{
GPIOx->MODER &= ~(GPIO_MODER_MODER0 << (pinpos * 2));
GPIOx->MODER |= (((uint32_t)GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode) << (pinpos * 2));
if ((GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode == GPIO_Mode_OUT) || (GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode == GPIO_Mode_AF))
{
/* Check Speed mode parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_SPEED(GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Speed));
/* Speed mode configuration */
GPIOx->OSPEEDR &= ~(GPIO_OSPEEDER_OSPEEDR0 << (pinpos * 2));
GPIOx->OSPEEDR |= ((uint32_t)(GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Speed) << (pinpos * 2));
/* Check Output mode parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_OTYPE(GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_OType));
/* Output mode configuration*/
GPIOx->OTYPER &= ~((GPIO_OTYPER_OT_0) << ((uint16_t)pinpos)) ;
GPIOx->OTYPER |= (uint16_t)(((uint16_t)GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_OType) << ((uint16_t)pinpos));
}
/* Pull-up Pull down resistor configuration*/
GPIOx->PUPDR &= ~(GPIO_PUPDR_PUPDR0 << ((uint16_t)pinpos * 2));
GPIOx->PUPDR |= (((uint32_t)GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_PuPd) << (pinpos * 2));
}
}
}
/**
* @brief Fills each GPIO_InitStruct member with its default value.
* @param GPIO_InitStruct : pointer to a GPIO_InitTypeDef structure which will be initialized.
* @retval None
*/
void GPIO_StructInit(GPIO_InitTypeDef* GPIO_InitStruct)
{
/* Reset GPIO init structure parameters values */
GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin = GPIO_Pin_All;
GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_IN;
GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Speed = GPIO_Speed_2MHz;
GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_OType = GPIO_OType_PP;
GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_PuPd = GPIO_PuPd_NOPULL;
}
/**
* @brief Locks GPIO Pins configuration registers.
* @note The locked registers are GPIOx_MODER, GPIOx_OTYPER, GPIOx_OSPEEDR,
* GPIOx_PUPDR, GPIOx_AFRL and GPIOx_AFRH.
* @note The configuration of the locked GPIO pins can no longer be modified
* until the next reset.
* @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral for
* STM32F40xx/41xx and STM32F427x/437x devices.
* @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be locked.
* This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15).
* @retval None
*/
void GPIO_PinLockConfig(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
{
__IO uint32_t tmp = 0x00010000;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx));
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
tmp |= GPIO_Pin;
/* Set LCKK bit */
GPIOx->LCKR = tmp;
/* Reset LCKK bit */
GPIOx->LCKR = GPIO_Pin;
/* Set LCKK bit */
GPIOx->LCKR = tmp;
/* Read LCKK bit*/
tmp = GPIOx->LCKR;
/* Read LCKK bit*/
tmp = GPIOx->LCKR;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup GPIO_Group2 GPIO Read and Write
* @brief GPIO Read and Write
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### GPIO Read and Write #####
===============================================================================
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Reads the specified input port pin.
* @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral for
* STM32F40xx/41xx and STM32F427x/437x devices.
* @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to read.
* This parameter can be GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15).
* @retval The input port pin value.
*/
uint8_t GPIO_ReadInputDataBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
{
uint8_t bitstatus = 0x00;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx));
assert_param(IS_GET_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
if ((GPIOx->IDR & GPIO_Pin) != (uint32_t)Bit_RESET)
{
bitstatus = (uint8_t)Bit_SET;
}
else
{
bitstatus = (uint8_t)Bit_RESET;
}
return bitstatus;
}
/**
* @brief Reads the specified GPIO input data port.
* @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral for
* STM32F40xx/41xx and STM32F427x/437x devices.
* @retval GPIO input data port value.
*/
uint16_t GPIO_ReadInputData(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx));
return ((uint16_t)GPIOx->IDR);
}
/**
* @brief Reads the specified output data port bit.
* @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral for
* STM32F40xx/41xx and STM32F427x/437x devices.
* @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to read.
* This parameter can be GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15).
* @retval The output port pin value.
*/
uint8_t GPIO_ReadOutputDataBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
{
uint8_t bitstatus = 0x00;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx));
assert_param(IS_GET_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
if (((GPIOx->ODR) & GPIO_Pin) != (uint32_t)Bit_RESET)
{
bitstatus = (uint8_t)Bit_SET;
}
else
{
bitstatus = (uint8_t)Bit_RESET;
}
return bitstatus;
}
/**
* @brief Reads the specified GPIO output data port.
* @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral for
* STM32F40xx/41xx and STM32F427x/437x devices.
* @retval GPIO output data port value.
*/
uint16_t GPIO_ReadOutputData(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx));
return ((uint16_t)GPIOx->ODR);
}
/**
* @brief Sets the selected data port bits.
* @note This functions uses GPIOx_BSRR register to allow atomic read/modify
* accesses. In this way, there is no risk of an IRQ occurring between
* the read and the modify access.
* @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral for
* STM32F40xx/41xx and STM32F427x/437x devices.
* @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bits to be written.
* This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15).
* @retval None
*/
void GPIO_SetBits(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx));
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
GPIOx->BSRRL = GPIO_Pin;
}
/**
* @brief Clears the selected data port bits.
* @note This functions uses GPIOx_BSRR register to allow atomic read/modify
* accesses. In this way, there is no risk of an IRQ occurring between
* the read and the modify access.
* @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral for
* STM32F40xx/41xx and STM32F427x/437x devices.
* @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bits to be written.
* This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15).
* @retval None
*/
void GPIO_ResetBits(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx));
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
GPIOx->BSRRH = GPIO_Pin;
}
/**
* @brief Sets or clears the selected data port bit.
* @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral for
* STM32F40xx/41xx and STM32F427x/437x devices.
* @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be written.
* This parameter can be one of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15).
* @param BitVal: specifies the value to be written to the selected bit.
* This parameter can be one of the BitAction enum values:
* @arg Bit_RESET: to clear the port pin
* @arg Bit_SET: to set the port pin
* @retval None
*/
void GPIO_WriteBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin, BitAction BitVal)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx));
assert_param(IS_GET_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
assert_param(IS_GPIO_BIT_ACTION(BitVal));
if (BitVal != Bit_RESET)
{
GPIOx->BSRRL = GPIO_Pin;
}
else
{
GPIOx->BSRRH = GPIO_Pin ;
}
}
/**
* @brief Writes data to the specified GPIO data port.
* @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral for
* STM32F40xx/41xx and STM32F427x/437x devices.
* @param PortVal: specifies the value to be written to the port output data register.
* @retval None
*/
void GPIO_Write(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t PortVal)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx));
GPIOx->ODR = PortVal;
}
/**
* @brief Toggles the specified GPIO pins..
* @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral for
* STM32F40xx/41xx and STM32F427x/437x devices.
* @param GPIO_Pin: Specifies the pins to be toggled.
* @retval None
*/
void GPIO_ToggleBits(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx));
GPIOx->ODR ^= GPIO_Pin;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup GPIO_Group3 GPIO Alternate functions configuration function
* @brief GPIO Alternate functions configuration function
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### GPIO Alternate functions configuration function #####
===============================================================================
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Changes the mapping of the specified pin.
* @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral for
* STM32F40xx/41xx and STM32F427x/437x devices.
* @param GPIO_PinSource: specifies the pin for the Alternate function.
* This parameter can be GPIO_PinSourcex where x can be (0..15).
* @param GPIO_AFSelection: selects the pin to used as Alternate function.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg GPIO_AF_RTC_50Hz: Connect RTC_50Hz pin to AF0 (default after reset)
* @arg GPIO_AF_MCO: Connect MCO pin (MCO1 and MCO2) to AF0 (default after reset)
* @arg GPIO_AF_TAMPER: Connect TAMPER pins (TAMPER_1 and TAMPER_2) to AF0 (default after reset)
* @arg GPIO_AF_SWJ: Connect SWJ pins (SWD and JTAG)to AF0 (default after reset)
* @arg GPIO_AF_TRACE: Connect TRACE pins to AF0 (default after reset)
* @arg GPIO_AF_TIM1: Connect TIM1 pins to AF1
* @arg GPIO_AF_TIM2: Connect TIM2 pins to AF1
* @arg GPIO_AF_TIM3: Connect TIM3 pins to AF2
* @arg GPIO_AF_TIM4: Connect TIM4 pins to AF2
* @arg GPIO_AF_TIM5: Connect TIM5 pins to AF2
* @arg GPIO_AF_TIM8: Connect TIM8 pins to AF3
* @arg GPIO_AF_TIM9: Connect TIM9 pins to AF3
* @arg GPIO_AF_TIM10: Connect TIM10 pins to AF3
* @arg GPIO_AF_TIM11: Connect TIM11 pins to AF3
* @arg GPIO_AF_I2C1: Connect I2C1 pins to AF4
* @arg GPIO_AF_I2C2: Connect I2C2 pins to AF4
* @arg GPIO_AF_I2C3: Connect I2C3 pins to AF4
* @arg GPIO_AF_SPI1: Connect SPI1 pins to AF5
* @arg GPIO_AF_SPI2: Connect SPI2/I2S2 pins to AF5
* @arg GPIO_AF_SPI4: Connect SPI4 pins to AF5
* @arg GPIO_AF_SPI5: Connect SPI5 pins to AF5
* @arg GPIO_AF_SPI6: Connect SPI6 pins to AF5
* @arg GPIO_AF_SPI3: Connect SPI3/I2S3 pins to AF6
* @arg GPIO_AF_I2S3ext: Connect I2S3ext pins to AF7
* @arg GPIO_AF_USART1: Connect USART1 pins to AF7
* @arg GPIO_AF_USART2: Connect USART2 pins to AF7
* @arg GPIO_AF_USART3: Connect USART3 pins to AF7
* @arg GPIO_AF_UART4: Connect UART4 pins to AF8
* @arg GPIO_AF_UART5: Connect UART5 pins to AF8
* @arg GPIO_AF_USART6: Connect USART6 pins to AF8
* @arg GPIO_AF_UART7: Connect UART7 pins to AF8
* @arg GPIO_AF_UART8: Connect UART8 pins to AF8
* @arg GPIO_AF_CAN1: Connect CAN1 pins to AF9
* @arg GPIO_AF_CAN2: Connect CAN2 pins to AF9
* @arg GPIO_AF_TIM12: Connect TIM12 pins to AF9
* @arg GPIO_AF_TIM13: Connect TIM13 pins to AF9
* @arg GPIO_AF_TIM14: Connect TIM14 pins to AF9
* @arg GPIO_AF_OTG_FS: Connect OTG_FS pins to AF10
* @arg GPIO_AF_OTG_HS: Connect OTG_HS pins to AF10
* @arg GPIO_AF_ETH: Connect ETHERNET pins to AF11
* @arg GPIO_AF_FSMC: Connect FSMC pins to AF12
* @arg GPIO_AF_OTG_HS_FS: Connect OTG HS (configured in FS) pins to AF12
* @arg GPIO_AF_SDIO: Connect SDIO pins to AF12
* @arg GPIO_AF_DCMI: Connect DCMI pins to AF13
* @arg GPIO_AF_EVENTOUT: Connect EVENTOUT pins to AF15
* @retval None
*/
void GPIO_PinAFConfig(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_PinSource, uint8_t GPIO_AF)
{
uint32_t temp = 0x00;
uint32_t temp_2 = 0x00;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx));
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN_SOURCE(GPIO_PinSource));
assert_param(IS_GPIO_AF(GPIO_AF));
temp = ((uint32_t)(GPIO_AF) << ((uint32_t)((uint32_t)GPIO_PinSource & (uint32_t)0x07) * 4)) ;
GPIOx->AFR[GPIO_PinSource >> 0x03] &= ~((uint32_t)0xF << ((uint32_t)((uint32_t)GPIO_PinSource & (uint32_t)0x07) * 4)) ;
temp_2 = GPIOx->AFR[GPIO_PinSource >> 0x03] | temp;
GPIOx->AFR[GPIO_PinSource >> 0x03] = temp_2;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

1456
flight/pios/stm32f4xx/libraries/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_i2c.c.bak
View File

@ -1,1456 +0,0 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_i2c.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.1.0
* @date 11-January-2013
* @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the Inter-integrated circuit (I2C)
* + Initialization and Configuration
* + Data transfers
* + PEC management
* + DMA transfers management
* + Interrupts, events and flags management
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
===============================================================================
[..]
(#) Enable peripheral clock using RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_I2Cx, ENABLE)
function for I2C1, I2C2 or I2C3.
(#) Enable SDA, SCL and SMBA (when used) GPIO clocks using
RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd() function.
(#) Peripherals alternate function:
(++) Connect the pin to the desired peripherals' Alternate
Function (AF) using GPIO_PinAFConfig() function
(++) Configure the desired pin in alternate function by:
GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_AF
(++) Select the type, pull-up/pull-down and output speed via
GPIO_PuPd, GPIO_OType and GPIO_Speed members
(++) Call GPIO_Init() function
Recommended configuration is Push-Pull, Pull-up, Open-Drain.
Add an external pull up if necessary (typically 4.7 KOhm).
(#) Program the Mode, duty cycle , Own address, Ack, Speed and Acknowledged
Address using the I2C_Init() function.
(#) Optionally you can enable/configure the following parameters without
re-initialization (i.e there is no need to call again I2C_Init() function):
(++) Enable the acknowledge feature using I2C_AcknowledgeConfig() function
(++) Enable the dual addressing mode using I2C_DualAddressCmd() function
(++) Enable the general call using the I2C_GeneralCallCmd() function
(++) Enable the clock stretching using I2C_StretchClockCmd() function
(++) Enable the fast mode duty cycle using the I2C_FastModeDutyCycleConfig()
function.
(++) Configure the NACK position for Master Receiver mode in case of
2 bytes reception using the function I2C_NACKPositionConfig().
(++) Enable the PEC Calculation using I2C_CalculatePEC() function
(++) For SMBus Mode:
(+++) Enable the Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) using I2C_ARPCmd() function
(+++) Configure the SMBusAlert pin using I2C_SMBusAlertConfig() function
(#) Enable the NVIC and the corresponding interrupt using the function
I2C_ITConfig() if you need to use interrupt mode.
(#) When using the DMA mode
(++) Configure the DMA using DMA_Init() function
(++) Active the needed channel Request using I2C_DMACmd() or
I2C_DMALastTransferCmd() function.
-@@- When using DMA mode, I2C interrupts may be used at the same time to
control the communication flow (Start/Stop/Ack... events and errors).
(#) Enable the I2C using the I2C_Cmd() function.
(#) Enable the DMA using the DMA_Cmd() function when using DMA mode in the
transfers.
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2013 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
* You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at:
*
* http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx_i2c.h"
#include "stm32f4xx_rcc.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup I2C
* @brief I2C driver modules
* @{
*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
#define CR1_CLEAR_MASK ((uint16_t)0xFBF5) /*<! I2C registers Masks */
#define FLAG_MASK ((uint32_t)0x00FFFFFF) /*<! I2C FLAG mask */
#define ITEN_MASK ((uint32_t)0x07000000) /*<! I2C Interrupt Enable mask */
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup I2C_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup I2C_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
===============================================================================
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Deinitialize the I2Cx peripheral registers to their default reset values.
* @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral.
* @retval None
*/
void I2C_DeInit(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
if (I2Cx == I2C1)
{
/* Enable I2C1 reset state */
RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_I2C1, ENABLE);
/* Release I2C1 from reset state */
RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_I2C1, DISABLE);
}
else if (I2Cx == I2C2)
{
/* Enable I2C2 reset state */
RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_I2C2, ENABLE);
/* Release I2C2 from reset state */
RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_I2C2, DISABLE);
}
else
{
if (I2Cx == I2C3)
{
/* Enable I2C3 reset state */
RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_I2C3, ENABLE);
/* Release I2C3 from reset state */
RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_I2C3, DISABLE);
}
}
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the I2Cx peripheral according to the specified
* parameters in the I2C_InitStruct.
*
* @note To use the I2C at 400 KHz (in fast mode), the PCLK1 frequency
* (I2C peripheral input clock) must be a multiple of 10 MHz.
*
* @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral.
* @param I2C_InitStruct: pointer to a I2C_InitTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified I2C peripheral.
* @retval None
*/
void I2C_Init(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, I2C_InitTypeDef* I2C_InitStruct)
{
uint16_t tmpreg = 0, freqrange = 0;
uint16_t result = 0x04;
uint32_t pclk1 = 8000000;
RCC_ClocksTypeDef rcc_clocks;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
assert_param(IS_I2C_CLOCK_SPEED(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_ClockSpeed));
assert_param(IS_I2C_MODE(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Mode));
assert_param(IS_I2C_DUTY_CYCLE(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_DutyCycle));
assert_param(IS_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS1(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_OwnAddress1));
assert_param(IS_I2C_ACK_STATE(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Ack));
assert_param(IS_I2C_ACKNOWLEDGE_ADDRESS(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_AcknowledgedAddress));
/*---------------------------- I2Cx CR2 Configuration ------------------------*/
/* Get the I2Cx CR2 value */
tmpreg = I2Cx->CR2;
/* Clear frequency FREQ[5:0] bits */
tmpreg &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR2_FREQ);
/* Get pclk1 frequency value */
RCC_GetClocksFreq(&rcc_clocks);
pclk1 = rcc_clocks.PCLK1_Frequency;
/* Set frequency bits depending on pclk1 value */
freqrange = (uint16_t)(pclk1 / 1000000);
tmpreg |= freqrange;
/* Write to I2Cx CR2 */
I2Cx->CR2 = tmpreg;
/*---------------------------- I2Cx CCR Configuration ------------------------*/
/* Disable the selected I2C peripheral to configure TRISE */
I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR1_PE);
/* Reset tmpreg value */
/* Clear F/S, DUTY and CCR[11:0] bits */
tmpreg = 0;
/* Configure speed in standard mode */
if (I2C_InitStruct->I2C_ClockSpeed <= 100000)
{
/* Standard mode speed calculate */
result = (uint16_t)(pclk1 / (I2C_InitStruct->I2C_ClockSpeed << 1));
/* Test if CCR value is under 0x4*/
if (result < 0x04)
{
/* Set minimum allowed value */
result = 0x04;
}
/* Set speed value for standard mode */
tmpreg |= result;
/* Set Maximum Rise Time for standard mode */
I2Cx->TRISE = freqrange + 1;
}
/* Configure speed in fast mode */
/* To use the I2C at 400 KHz (in fast mode), the PCLK1 frequency (I2C peripheral
input clock) must be a multiple of 10 MHz */
else /*(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_ClockSpeed <= 400000)*/
{
if (I2C_InitStruct->I2C_DutyCycle == I2C_DutyCycle_2)
{
/* Fast mode speed calculate: Tlow/Thigh = 2 */
result = (uint16_t)(pclk1 / (I2C_InitStruct->I2C_ClockSpeed * 3));
}
else /*I2C_InitStruct->I2C_DutyCycle == I2C_DutyCycle_16_9*/
{
/* Fast mode speed calculate: Tlow/Thigh = 16/9 */
result = (uint16_t)(pclk1 / (I2C_InitStruct->I2C_ClockSpeed * 25));
/* Set DUTY bit */
result |= I2C_DutyCycle_16_9;
}
/* Test if CCR value is under 0x1*/
if ((result & I2C_CCR_CCR) == 0)
{
/* Set minimum allowed value */
result |= (uint16_t)0x0001;
}
/* Set speed value and set F/S bit for fast mode */
tmpreg |= (uint16_t)(result | I2C_CCR_FS);
/* Set Maximum Rise Time for fast mode */
I2Cx->TRISE = (uint16_t)(((freqrange * (uint16_t)300) / (uint16_t)1000) + (uint16_t)1);
}
/* Write to I2Cx CCR */
I2Cx->CCR = tmpreg;
/* Enable the selected I2C peripheral */
I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_PE;
/*---------------------------- I2Cx CR1 Configuration ------------------------*/
/* Get the I2Cx CR1 value */
tmpreg = I2Cx->CR1;
/* Clear ACK, SMBTYPE and SMBUS bits */
tmpreg &= CR1_CLEAR_MASK;
/* Configure I2Cx: mode and acknowledgement */
/* Set SMBTYPE and SMBUS bits according to I2C_Mode value */
/* Set ACK bit according to I2C_Ack value */
tmpreg |= (uint16_t)((uint32_t)I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Mode | I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Ack);
/* Write to I2Cx CR1 */
I2Cx->CR1 = tmpreg;
/*---------------------------- I2Cx OAR1 Configuration -----------------------*/
/* Set I2Cx Own Address1 and acknowledged address */
I2Cx->OAR1 = (I2C_InitStruct->I2C_AcknowledgedAddress | I2C_InitStruct->I2C_OwnAddress1);
}
/**
* @brief Fills each I2C_InitStruct member with its default value.
* @param I2C_InitStruct: pointer to an I2C_InitTypeDef structure which will be initialized.
* @retval None
*/
void I2C_StructInit(I2C_InitTypeDef* I2C_InitStruct)
{
/*---------------- Reset I2C init structure parameters values ----------------*/
/* initialize the I2C_ClockSpeed member */
I2C_InitStruct->I2C_ClockSpeed = 5000;
/* Initialize the I2C_Mode member */
I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Mode = I2C_Mode_I2C;
/* Initialize the I2C_DutyCycle member */
I2C_InitStruct->I2C_DutyCycle = I2C_DutyCycle_2;
/* Initialize the I2C_OwnAddress1 member */
I2C_InitStruct->I2C_OwnAddress1 = 0;
/* Initialize the I2C_Ack member */
I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Ack = I2C_Ack_Disable;
/* Initialize the I2C_AcknowledgedAddress member */
I2C_InitStruct->I2C_AcknowledgedAddress = I2C_AcknowledgedAddress_7bit;
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C peripheral.
* @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral.
* @param NewState: new state of the I2Cx peripheral.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void I2C_Cmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Enable the selected I2C peripheral */
I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_PE;
}
else
{
/* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */
I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR1_PE);
}
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the Analog filter of I2C peripheral.
* @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral.
* @param NewState: new state of the Analog filter.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @note This function should be called before initializing and enabling
the I2C Peripheral.
* @retval None
*/
void I2C_AnalogFilterCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Enable the analog filter */
I2Cx->FLTR &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_FLTR_ANOFF);
}
else
{
/* Disable the analog filter */
I2Cx->FLTR |= I2C_FLTR_ANOFF;
}
}
/**
* @brief Configures the Digital noise filter of I2C peripheral.
* @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral.
* @param I2C_DigitalFilter: Coefficient of digital noise filter.
* This parameter can be a number between 0x00 and 0x0F.
* @note This function should be called before initializing and enabling
the I2C Peripheral.
* @retval None
*/
void I2C_DigitalFilterConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_DigitalFilter)
{
uint16_t tmpreg = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
assert_param(IS_I2C_DIGITAL_FILTER(I2C_DigitalFilter));
/* Get the old register value */
tmpreg = I2Cx->FLTR;
/* Reset I2Cx DNF bit [3:0] */
tmpreg &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_FLTR_DNF);
/* Set I2Cx DNF coefficient */
tmpreg |= (uint16_t)((uint16_t)I2C_DigitalFilter & I2C_FLTR_DNF);
/* Store the new register value */
I2Cx->FLTR = tmpreg;
}
/**
* @brief Generates I2Cx communication START condition.
* @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral.
* @param NewState: new state of the I2C START condition generation.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None.
*/
void I2C_GenerateSTART(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Generate a START condition */
I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_START;
}
else
{
/* Disable the START condition generation */
I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR1_START);
}
}
/**
* @brief Generates I2Cx communication STOP condition.
* @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral.
* @param NewState: new state of the I2C STOP condition generation.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None.
*/
void I2C_GenerateSTOP(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Generate a STOP condition */
I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP;
}
else
{
/* Disable the STOP condition generation */
I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR1_STOP);
}
}
/**
* @brief Transmits the address byte to select the slave device.
* @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral.
* @param Address: specifies the slave address which will be transmitted
* @param I2C_Direction: specifies whether the I2C device will be a Transmitter
* or a Receiver.
* This parameter can be one of the following values
* @arg I2C_Direction_Transmitter: Transmitter mode
* @arg I2C_Direction_Receiver: Receiver mode
* @retval None.
*/
void I2C_Send7bitAddress(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t Address, uint8_t I2C_Direction)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
assert_param(IS_I2C_DIRECTION(I2C_Direction));
/* Test on the direction to set/reset the read/write bit */
if (I2C_Direction != I2C_Direction_Transmitter)
{
/* Set the address bit0 for read */
Address |= I2C_OAR1_ADD0;
}
else
{
/* Reset the address bit0 for write */
Address &= (uint8_t)~((uint8_t)I2C_OAR1_ADD0);
}
/* Send the address */
I2Cx->DR = Address;
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C acknowledge feature.
* @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral.
* @param NewState: new state of the I2C Acknowledgement.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None.
*/
void I2C_AcknowledgeConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Enable the acknowledgement */
I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_ACK;
}
else
{
/* Disable the acknowledgement */
I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR1_ACK);
}
}
/**
* @brief Configures the specified I2C own address2.
* @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral.
* @param Address: specifies the 7bit I2C own address2.
* @retval None.
*/
void I2C_OwnAddress2Config(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t Address)
{
uint16_t tmpreg = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
/* Get the old register value */
tmpreg = I2Cx->OAR2;
/* Reset I2Cx Own address2 bit [7:1] */
tmpreg &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_OAR2_ADD2);
/* Set I2Cx Own address2 */
tmpreg |= (uint16_t)((uint16_t)Address & (uint16_t)0x00FE);
/* Store the new register value */
I2Cx->OAR2 = tmpreg;
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C dual addressing mode.
* @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral.
* @param NewState: new state of the I2C dual addressing mode.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void I2C_DualAddressCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Enable dual addressing mode */
I2Cx->OAR2 |= I2C_OAR2_ENDUAL;
}
else
{
/* Disable dual addressing mode */
I2Cx->OAR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_OAR2_ENDUAL);
}
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C general call feature.
* @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral.
* @param NewState: new state of the I2C General call.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void I2C_GeneralCallCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Enable generall call */
I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_ENGC;
}
else
{
/* Disable generall call */
I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR1_ENGC);
}
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C software reset.
* @note When software reset is enabled, the I2C IOs are released (this can
* be useful to recover from bus errors).
* @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral.
* @param NewState: new state of the I2C software reset.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void I2C_SoftwareResetCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Peripheral under reset */
I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_SWRST;
}
else
{
/* Peripheral not under reset */
I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR1_SWRST);
}
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C Clock stretching.
* @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral.
* @param NewState: new state of the I2Cx Clock stretching.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void I2C_StretchClockCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
if (NewState == DISABLE)
{
/* Enable the selected I2C Clock stretching */
I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_NOSTRETCH;
}
else
{
/* Disable the selected I2C Clock stretching */
I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR1_NOSTRETCH);
}
}
/**
* @brief Selects the specified I2C fast mode duty cycle.
* @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral.
* @param I2C_DutyCycle: specifies the fast mode duty cycle.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg I2C_DutyCycle_2: I2C fast mode Tlow/Thigh = 2
* @arg I2C_DutyCycle_16_9: I2C fast mode Tlow/Thigh = 16/9
* @retval None
*/
void I2C_FastModeDutyCycleConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_DutyCycle)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
assert_param(IS_I2C_DUTY_CYCLE(I2C_DutyCycle));
if (I2C_DutyCycle != I2C_DutyCycle_16_9)
{
/* I2C fast mode Tlow/Thigh=2 */
I2Cx->CCR &= I2C_DutyCycle_2;
}
else
{
/* I2C fast mode Tlow/Thigh=16/9 */
I2Cx->CCR |= I2C_DutyCycle_16_9;
}
}
/**
* @brief Selects the specified I2C NACK position in master receiver mode.
* @note This function is useful in I2C Master Receiver mode when the number
* of data to be received is equal to 2. In this case, this function
* should be called (with parameter I2C_NACKPosition_Next) before data
* reception starts,as described in the 2-byte reception procedure
* recommended in Reference Manual in Section: Master receiver.
* @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral.
* @param I2C_NACKPosition: specifies the NACK position.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg I2C_NACKPosition_Next: indicates that the next byte will be the last
* received byte.
* @arg I2C_NACKPosition_Current: indicates that current byte is the last
* received byte.
*
* @note This function configures the same bit (POS) as I2C_PECPositionConfig()
* but is intended to be used in I2C mode while I2C_PECPositionConfig()
* is intended to used in SMBUS mode.
*
* @retval None
*/
void I2C_NACKPositionConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_NACKPosition)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
assert_param(IS_I2C_NACK_POSITION(I2C_NACKPosition));
/* Check the input parameter */
if (I2C_NACKPosition == I2C_NACKPosition_Next)
{
/* Next byte in shift register is the last received byte */
I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_NACKPosition_Next;
}
else
{
/* Current byte in shift register is the last received byte */
I2Cx->CR1 &= I2C_NACKPosition_Current;
}
}
/**
* @brief Drives the SMBusAlert pin high or low for the specified I2C.
* @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral.
* @param I2C_SMBusAlert: specifies SMBAlert pin level.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg I2C_SMBusAlert_Low: SMBAlert pin driven low
* @arg I2C_SMBusAlert_High: SMBAlert pin driven high
* @retval None
*/
void I2C_SMBusAlertConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_SMBusAlert)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
assert_param(IS_I2C_SMBUS_ALERT(I2C_SMBusAlert));
if (I2C_SMBusAlert == I2C_SMBusAlert_Low)
{
/* Drive the SMBusAlert pin Low */
I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_SMBusAlert_Low;
}
else
{
/* Drive the SMBusAlert pin High */
I2Cx->CR1 &= I2C_SMBusAlert_High;
}
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C ARP.
* @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral.
* @param NewState: new state of the I2Cx ARP.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void I2C_ARPCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Enable the selected I2C ARP */
I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_ENARP;
}
else
{
/* Disable the selected I2C ARP */
I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR1_ENARP);
}
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup I2C_Group2 Data transfers functions
* @brief Data transfers functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Data transfers functions #####
===============================================================================
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Sends a data byte through the I2Cx peripheral.
* @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral.
* @param Data: Byte to be transmitted..
* @retval None
*/
void I2C_SendData(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t Data)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
/* Write in the DR register the data to be sent */
I2Cx->DR = Data;
}
/**
* @brief Returns the most recent received data by the I2Cx peripheral.
* @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral.
* @retval The value of the received data.
*/
uint8_t I2C_ReceiveData(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
/* Return the data in the DR register */
return (uint8_t)I2Cx->DR;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup I2C_Group3 PEC management functions
* @brief PEC management functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### PEC management functions #####
===============================================================================
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C PEC transfer.
* @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral.
* @param NewState: new state of the I2C PEC transmission.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void I2C_TransmitPEC(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Enable the selected I2C PEC transmission */
I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_PEC;
}
else
{
/* Disable the selected I2C PEC transmission */
I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR1_PEC);
}
}
/**
* @brief Selects the specified I2C PEC position.
* @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral.
* @param I2C_PECPosition: specifies the PEC position.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg I2C_PECPosition_Next: indicates that the next byte is PEC
* @arg I2C_PECPosition_Current: indicates that current byte is PEC
*
* @note This function configures the same bit (POS) as I2C_NACKPositionConfig()
* but is intended to be used in SMBUS mode while I2C_NACKPositionConfig()
* is intended to used in I2C mode.
*
* @retval None
*/
void I2C_PECPositionConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_PECPosition)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
assert_param(IS_I2C_PEC_POSITION(I2C_PECPosition));
if (I2C_PECPosition == I2C_PECPosition_Next)
{
/* Next byte in shift register is PEC */
I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_PECPosition_Next;
}
else
{
/* Current byte in shift register is PEC */
I2Cx->CR1 &= I2C_PECPosition_Current;
}
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the PEC value calculation of the transferred bytes.
* @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral.
* @param NewState: new state of the I2Cx PEC value calculation.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void I2C_CalculatePEC(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Enable the selected I2C PEC calculation */
I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_ENPEC;
}
else
{
/* Disable the selected I2C PEC calculation */
I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR1_ENPEC);
}
}
/**
* @brief Returns the PEC value for the specified I2C.
* @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral.
* @retval The PEC value.
*/
uint8_t I2C_GetPEC(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
/* Return the selected I2C PEC value */
return ((I2Cx->SR2) >> 8);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup I2C_Group4 DMA transfers management functions
* @brief DMA transfers management functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### DMA transfers management functions #####
===============================================================================
This section provides functions allowing to configure the I2C DMA channels
requests.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C DMA requests.
* @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral.
* @param NewState: new state of the I2C DMA transfer.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void I2C_DMACmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Enable the selected I2C DMA requests */
I2Cx->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_DMAEN;
}
else
{
/* Disable the selected I2C DMA requests */
I2Cx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR2_DMAEN);
}
}
/**
* @brief Specifies that the next DMA transfer is the last one.
* @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral.
* @param NewState: new state of the I2C DMA last transfer.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void I2C_DMALastTransferCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Next DMA transfer is the last transfer */
I2Cx->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_LAST;
}
else
{
/* Next DMA transfer is not the last transfer */
I2Cx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR2_LAST);
}
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup I2C_Group5 Interrupts events and flags management functions
* @brief Interrupts, events and flags management functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Interrupts, events and flags management functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This section provides functions allowing to configure the I2C Interrupts
sources and check or clear the flags or pending bits status.
The user should identify which mode will be used in his application to manage
the communication: Polling mode, Interrupt mode or DMA mode.
##### I2C State Monitoring Functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This I2C driver provides three different ways for I2C state monitoring
depending on the application requirements and constraints:
(#) Basic state monitoring (Using I2C_CheckEvent() function)
It compares the status registers (SR1 and SR2) content to a given event
(can be the combination of one or more flags).
It returns SUCCESS if the current status includes the given flags
and returns ERROR if one or more flags are missing in the current status.
(++) When to use
(+++) This function is suitable for most applications as well as for startup
activity since the events are fully described in the product reference
manual (RM0090).
(+++) It is also suitable for users who need to define their own events.
(++) Limitations
If an error occurs (ie. error flags are set besides to the monitored
flags), the I2C_CheckEvent() function may return SUCCESS despite
the communication hold or corrupted real state.
In this case, it is advised to use error interrupts to monitor
the error events and handle them in the interrupt IRQ handler.
-@@- For error management, it is advised to use the following functions:
(+@@) I2C_ITConfig() to configure and enable the error interrupts (I2C_IT_ERR).
(+@@) I2Cx_ER_IRQHandler() which is called when the error interrupt occurs.
Where x is the peripheral instance (I2C1, I2C2 ...)
(+@@) I2C_GetFlagStatus() or I2C_GetITStatus() to be called into the
I2Cx_ER_IRQHandler() function in order to determine which error occurred.
(+@@) I2C_ClearFlag() or I2C_ClearITPendingBit() and/or I2C_SoftwareResetCmd()
and/or I2C_GenerateStop() in order to clear the error flag and source
and return to correct communication status.
(#) Advanced state monitoring (Using the function I2C_GetLastEvent())
Using the function I2C_GetLastEvent() which returns the image of both status
registers in a single word (uint32_t) (Status Register 2 value is shifted left
by 16 bits and concatenated to Status Register 1).
(++) When to use
(+++) This function is suitable for the same applications above but it
allows to overcome the mentioned limitation of I2C_GetFlagStatus()
function.
(+++) The returned value could be compared to events already defined in
the library (stm32f4xx_i2c.h) or to custom values defined by user.
This function is suitable when multiple flags are monitored at the
same time.
(+++) At the opposite of I2C_CheckEvent() function, this function allows
user to choose when an event is accepted (when all events flags are
set and no other flags are set or just when the needed flags are set
like I2C_CheckEvent() function.
(++) Limitations
(+++) User may need to define his own events.
(+++) Same remark concerning the error management is applicable for this
function if user decides to check only regular communication flags
(and ignores error flags).
(#) Flag-based state monitoring (Using the function I2C_GetFlagStatus())
Using the function I2C_GetFlagStatus() which simply returns the status of
one single flag (ie. I2C_FLAG_RXNE ...).
(++) When to use
(+++) This function could be used for specific applications or in debug
phase.
(+++) It is suitable when only one flag checking is needed (most I2C
events are monitored through multiple flags).
(++) Limitations:
(+++) When calling this function, the Status register is accessed.
Some flags are cleared when the status register is accessed.
So checking the status of one Flag, may clear other ones.
(+++) Function may need to be called twice or more in order to monitor
one single event.
For detailed description of Events, please refer to section I2C_Events in
stm32f4xx_i2c.h file.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Reads the specified I2C register and returns its value.
* @param I2C_Register: specifies the register to read.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg I2C_Register_CR1: CR1 register.
* @arg I2C_Register_CR2: CR2 register.
* @arg I2C_Register_OAR1: OAR1 register.
* @arg I2C_Register_OAR2: OAR2 register.
* @arg I2C_Register_DR: DR register.
* @arg I2C_Register_SR1: SR1 register.
* @arg I2C_Register_SR2: SR2 register.
* @arg I2C_Register_CCR: CCR register.
* @arg I2C_Register_TRISE: TRISE register.
* @retval The value of the read register.
*/
uint16_t I2C_ReadRegister(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t I2C_Register)
{
__IO uint32_t tmp = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
assert_param(IS_I2C_REGISTER(I2C_Register));
tmp = (uint32_t) I2Cx;
tmp += I2C_Register;
/* Return the selected register value */
return (*(__IO uint16_t *) tmp);
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C interrupts.
* @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral.
* @param I2C_IT: specifies the I2C interrupts sources to be enabled or disabled.
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
* @arg I2C_IT_BUF: Buffer interrupt mask
* @arg I2C_IT_EVT: Event interrupt mask
* @arg I2C_IT_ERR: Error interrupt mask
* @param NewState: new state of the specified I2C interrupts.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void I2C_ITConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_IT, FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
assert_param(IS_I2C_CONFIG_IT(I2C_IT));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Enable the selected I2C interrupts */
I2Cx->CR2 |= I2C_IT;
}
else
{
/* Disable the selected I2C interrupts */
I2Cx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~I2C_IT;
}
}
/*
===============================================================================
1. Basic state monitoring
===============================================================================
*/
/**
* @brief Checks whether the last I2Cx Event is equal to the one passed
* as parameter.
* @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral.
* @param I2C_EVENT: specifies the event to be checked.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_TRANSMITTER_ADDRESS_MATCHED: EV1
* @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_RECEIVER_ADDRESS_MATCHED: EV1
* @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_TRANSMITTER_SECONDADDRESS_MATCHED: EV1
* @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_RECEIVER_SECONDADDRESS_MATCHED: EV1
* @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_GENERALCALLADDRESS_MATCHED: EV1
* @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED: EV2
* @arg (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED | I2C_FLAG_DUALF): EV2
* @arg (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED | I2C_FLAG_GENCALL): EV2
* @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED: EV3
* @arg (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED | I2C_FLAG_DUALF): EV3
* @arg (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED | I2C_FLAG_GENCALL): EV3
* @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_ACK_FAILURE: EV3_2
* @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_STOP_DETECTED: EV4
* @arg I2C_EVENT_MASTER_MODE_SELECT: EV5
* @arg I2C_EVENT_MASTER_TRANSMITTER_MODE_SELECTED: EV6
* @arg I2C_EVENT_MASTER_RECEIVER_MODE_SELECTED: EV6
* @arg I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_RECEIVED: EV7
* @arg I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_TRANSMITTING: EV8
* @arg I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_TRANSMITTED: EV8_2
* @arg I2C_EVENT_MASTER_MODE_ADDRESS10: EV9
*
* @note For detailed description of Events, please refer to section I2C_Events
* in stm32f4xx_i2c.h file.
*
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: Last event is equal to the I2C_EVENT
* - ERROR: Last event is different from the I2C_EVENT
*/
ErrorStatus I2C_CheckEvent(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_EVENT)
{
uint32_t lastevent = 0;
uint32_t flag1 = 0, flag2 = 0;
ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
assert_param(IS_I2C_EVENT(I2C_EVENT));
/* Read the I2Cx status register */
flag1 = I2Cx->SR1;
flag2 = I2Cx->SR2;
flag2 = flag2 << 16;
/* Get the last event value from I2C status register */
lastevent = (flag1 | flag2) & FLAG_MASK;
/* Check whether the last event contains the I2C_EVENT */
if ((lastevent & I2C_EVENT) == I2C_EVENT)
{
/* SUCCESS: last event is equal to I2C_EVENT */
status = SUCCESS;
}
else
{
/* ERROR: last event is different from I2C_EVENT */
status = ERROR;
}
/* Return status */
return status;
}
/*
===============================================================================
2. Advanced state monitoring
===============================================================================
*/
/**
* @brief Returns the last I2Cx Event.
* @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral.
*
* @note For detailed description of Events, please refer to section I2C_Events
* in stm32f4xx_i2c.h file.
*
* @retval The last event
*/
uint32_t I2C_GetLastEvent(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx)
{
uint32_t lastevent = 0;
uint32_t flag1 = 0, flag2 = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
/* Read the I2Cx status register */
flag1 = I2Cx->SR1;
flag2 = I2Cx->SR2;
flag2 = flag2 << 16;
/* Get the last event value from I2C status register */
lastevent = (flag1 | flag2) & FLAG_MASK;
/* Return status */
return lastevent;
}
/*
===============================================================================
3. Flag-based state monitoring
===============================================================================
*/
/**
* @brief Checks whether the specified I2C flag is set or not.
* @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral.
* @param I2C_FLAG: specifies the flag to check.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg I2C_FLAG_DUALF: Dual flag (Slave mode)
* @arg I2C_FLAG_SMBHOST: SMBus host header (Slave mode)
* @arg I2C_FLAG_SMBDEFAULT: SMBus default header (Slave mode)
* @arg I2C_FLAG_GENCALL: General call header flag (Slave mode)
* @arg I2C_FLAG_TRA: Transmitter/Receiver flag
* @arg I2C_FLAG_BUSY: Bus busy flag
* @arg I2C_FLAG_MSL: Master/Slave flag
* @arg I2C_FLAG_SMBALERT: SMBus Alert flag
* @arg I2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT: Timeout or Tlow error flag
* @arg I2C_FLAG_PECERR: PEC error in reception flag
* @arg I2C_FLAG_OVR: Overrun/Underrun flag (Slave mode)
* @arg I2C_FLAG_AF: Acknowledge failure flag
* @arg I2C_FLAG_ARLO: Arbitration lost flag (Master mode)
* @arg I2C_FLAG_BERR: Bus error flag
* @arg I2C_FLAG_TXE: Data register empty flag (Transmitter)
* @arg I2C_FLAG_RXNE: Data register not empty (Receiver) flag
* @arg I2C_FLAG_STOPF: Stop detection flag (Slave mode)
* @arg I2C_FLAG_ADD10: 10-bit header sent flag (Master mode)
* @arg I2C_FLAG_BTF: Byte transfer finished flag
* @arg I2C_FLAG_ADDR: Address sent flag (Master mode) "ADSL"
* Address matched flag (Slave mode)"ENDAD"
* @arg I2C_FLAG_SB: Start bit flag (Master mode)
* @retval The new state of I2C_FLAG (SET or RESET).
*/
FlagStatus I2C_GetFlagStatus(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_FLAG)
{
FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
__IO uint32_t i2creg = 0, i2cxbase = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
assert_param(IS_I2C_GET_FLAG(I2C_FLAG));
/* Get the I2Cx peripheral base address */
i2cxbase = (uint32_t)I2Cx;
/* Read flag register index */
i2creg = I2C_FLAG >> 28;
/* Get bit[23:0] of the flag */
I2C_FLAG &= FLAG_MASK;
if(i2creg != 0)
{
/* Get the I2Cx SR1 register address */
i2cxbase += 0x14;
}
else
{
/* Flag in I2Cx SR2 Register */
I2C_FLAG = (uint32_t)(I2C_FLAG >> 16);
/* Get the I2Cx SR2 register address */
i2cxbase += 0x18;
}
if(((*(__IO uint32_t *)i2cxbase) & I2C_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET)
{
/* I2C_FLAG is set */
bitstatus = SET;
}
else
{
/* I2C_FLAG is reset */
bitstatus = RESET;
}
/* Return the I2C_FLAG status */
return bitstatus;
}
/**
* @brief Clears the I2Cx's pending flags.
* @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral.
* @param I2C_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear.
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
* @arg I2C_FLAG_SMBALERT: SMBus Alert flag
* @arg I2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT: Timeout or Tlow error flag
* @arg I2C_FLAG_PECERR: PEC error in reception flag
* @arg I2C_FLAG_OVR: Overrun/Underrun flag (Slave mode)
* @arg I2C_FLAG_AF: Acknowledge failure flag
* @arg I2C_FLAG_ARLO: Arbitration lost flag (Master mode)
* @arg I2C_FLAG_BERR: Bus error flag
*
* @note STOPF (STOP detection) is cleared by software sequence: a read operation
* to I2C_SR1 register (I2C_GetFlagStatus()) followed by a write operation
* to I2C_CR1 register (I2C_Cmd() to re-enable the I2C peripheral).
* @note ADD10 (10-bit header sent) is cleared by software sequence: a read
* operation to I2C_SR1 (I2C_GetFlagStatus()) followed by writing the
* second byte of the address in DR register.
* @note BTF (Byte Transfer Finished) is cleared by software sequence: a read
* operation to I2C_SR1 register (I2C_GetFlagStatus()) followed by a
* read/write to I2C_DR register (I2C_SendData()).
* @note ADDR (Address sent) is cleared by software sequence: a read operation to
* I2C_SR1 register (I2C_GetFlagStatus()) followed by a read operation to
* I2C_SR2 register ((void)(I2Cx->SR2)).
* @note SB (Start Bit) is cleared software sequence: a read operation to I2C_SR1
* register (I2C_GetFlagStatus()) followed by a write operation to I2C_DR
* register (I2C_SendData()).
*
* @retval None
*/
void I2C_ClearFlag(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_FLAG)
{
uint32_t flagpos = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
assert_param(IS_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(I2C_FLAG));
/* Get the I2C flag position */
flagpos = I2C_FLAG & FLAG_MASK;
/* Clear the selected I2C flag */
I2Cx->SR1 = (uint16_t)~flagpos;
}
/**
* @brief Checks whether the specified I2C interrupt has occurred or not.
* @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral.
* @param I2C_IT: specifies the interrupt source to check.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg I2C_IT_SMBALERT: SMBus Alert flag
* @arg I2C_IT_TIMEOUT: Timeout or Tlow error flag
* @arg I2C_IT_PECERR: PEC error in reception flag
* @arg I2C_IT_OVR: Overrun/Underrun flag (Slave mode)
* @arg I2C_IT_AF: Acknowledge failure flag
* @arg I2C_IT_ARLO: Arbitration lost flag (Master mode)
* @arg I2C_IT_BERR: Bus error flag
* @arg I2C_IT_TXE: Data register empty flag (Transmitter)
* @arg I2C_IT_RXNE: Data register not empty (Receiver) flag
* @arg I2C_IT_STOPF: Stop detection flag (Slave mode)
* @arg I2C_IT_ADD10: 10-bit header sent flag (Master mode)
* @arg I2C_IT_BTF: Byte transfer finished flag
* @arg I2C_IT_ADDR: Address sent flag (Master mode) "ADSL"
* Address matched flag (Slave mode)"ENDAD"
* @arg I2C_IT_SB: Start bit flag (Master mode)
* @retval The new state of I2C_IT (SET or RESET).
*/
ITStatus I2C_GetITStatus(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_IT)
{
ITStatus bitstatus = RESET;
uint32_t enablestatus = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
assert_param(IS_I2C_GET_IT(I2C_IT));
/* Check if the interrupt source is enabled or not */
enablestatus = (uint32_t)(((I2C_IT & ITEN_MASK) >> 16) & (I2Cx->CR2)) ;
/* Get bit[23:0] of the flag */
I2C_IT &= FLAG_MASK;
/* Check the status of the specified I2C flag */
if (((I2Cx->SR1 & I2C_IT) != (uint32_t)RESET) && enablestatus)
{
/* I2C_IT is set */
bitstatus = SET;
}
else
{
/* I2C_IT is reset */
bitstatus = RESET;
}
/* Return the I2C_IT status */
return bitstatus;
}
/**
* @brief Clears the I2Cx's interrupt pending bits.
* @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral.
* @param I2C_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear.
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
* @arg I2C_IT_SMBALERT: SMBus Alert interrupt
* @arg I2C_IT_TIMEOUT: Timeout or Tlow error interrupt
* @arg I2C_IT_PECERR: PEC error in reception interrupt
* @arg I2C_IT_OVR: Overrun/Underrun interrupt (Slave mode)
* @arg I2C_IT_AF: Acknowledge failure interrupt
* @arg I2C_IT_ARLO: Arbitration lost interrupt (Master mode)
* @arg I2C_IT_BERR: Bus error interrupt
*
* @note STOPF (STOP detection) is cleared by software sequence: a read operation
* to I2C_SR1 register (I2C_GetITStatus()) followed by a write operation to
* I2C_CR1 register (I2C_Cmd() to re-enable the I2C peripheral).
* @note ADD10 (10-bit header sent) is cleared by software sequence: a read
* operation to I2C_SR1 (I2C_GetITStatus()) followed by writing the second
* byte of the address in I2C_DR register.
* @note BTF (Byte Transfer Finished) is cleared by software sequence: a read
* operation to I2C_SR1 register (I2C_GetITStatus()) followed by a
* read/write to I2C_DR register (I2C_SendData()).
* @note ADDR (Address sent) is cleared by software sequence: a read operation to
* I2C_SR1 register (I2C_GetITStatus()) followed by a read operation to
* I2C_SR2 register ((void)(I2Cx->SR2)).
* @note SB (Start Bit) is cleared by software sequence: a read operation to
* I2C_SR1 register (I2C_GetITStatus()) followed by a write operation to
* I2C_DR register (I2C_SendData()).
* @retval None
*/
void I2C_ClearITPendingBit(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_IT)
{
uint32_t flagpos = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx));
assert_param(IS_I2C_CLEAR_IT(I2C_IT));
/* Get the I2C flag position */
flagpos = I2C_IT & FLAG_MASK;
/* Clear the selected I2C flag */
I2Cx->SR1 = (uint16_t)~flagpos;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

3365
flight/pios/stm32f4xx/libraries/STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f4xx_tim.c.bak
View File

@ -1,3365 +0,0 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f4xx_tim.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V1.1.0
* @date 11-January-2013
* @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the TIM peripheral:
* + TimeBase management
* + Output Compare management
* + Input Capture management
* + Advanced-control timers (TIM1 and TIM8) specific features
* + Interrupts, DMA and flags management
* + Clocks management
* + Synchronization management
* + Specific interface management
* + Specific remapping management
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This driver provides functions to configure and program the TIM
of all STM32F4xx devices.
These functions are split in 9 groups:
(#) TIM TimeBase management: this group includes all needed functions
to configure the TM Timebase unit:
(++) Set/Get Prescaler
(++) Set/Get Autoreload
(++) Counter modes configuration
(++) Set Clock division
(++) Select the One Pulse mode
(++) Update Request Configuration
(++) Update Disable Configuration
(++) Auto-Preload Configuration
(++) Enable/Disable the counter
(#) TIM Output Compare management: this group includes all needed
functions to configure the Capture/Compare unit used in Output
compare mode:
(++) Configure each channel, independently, in Output Compare mode
(++) Select the output compare modes
(++) Select the Polarities of each channel
(++) Set/Get the Capture/Compare register values
(++) Select the Output Compare Fast mode
(++) Select the Output Compare Forced mode
(++) Output Compare-Preload Configuration
(++) Clear Output Compare Reference
(++) Select the OCREF Clear signal
(++) Enable/Disable the Capture/Compare Channels
(#) TIM Input Capture management: this group includes all needed
functions to configure the Capture/Compare unit used in
Input Capture mode:
(++) Configure each channel in input capture mode
(++) Configure Channel1/2 in PWM Input mode
(++) Set the Input Capture Prescaler
(++) Get the Capture/Compare values
(#) Advanced-control timers (TIM1 and TIM8) specific features
(++) Configures the Break input, dead time, Lock level, the OSSI,
the OSSR State and the AOE(automatic output enable)
(++) Enable/Disable the TIM peripheral Main Outputs
(++) Select the Commutation event
(++) Set/Reset the Capture Compare Preload Control bit
(#) TIM interrupts, DMA and flags management
(++) Enable/Disable interrupt sources
(++) Get flags status
(++) Clear flags/ Pending bits
(++) Enable/Disable DMA requests
(++) Configure DMA burst mode
(++) Select CaptureCompare DMA request
(#) TIM clocks management: this group includes all needed functions
to configure the clock controller unit:
(++) Select internal/External clock
(++) Select the external clock mode: ETR(Mode1/Mode2), TIx or ITRx
(#) TIM synchronization management: this group includes all needed
functions to configure the Synchronization unit:
(++) Select Input Trigger
(++) Select Output Trigger
(++) Select Master Slave Mode
(++) ETR Configuration when used as external trigger
(#) TIM specific interface management, this group includes all
needed functions to use the specific TIM interface:
(++) Encoder Interface Configuration
(++) Select Hall Sensor
(#) TIM specific remapping management includes the Remapping
configuration of specific timers
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2013 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
* You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at:
*
* http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f4xx_tim.h"
#include "stm32f4xx_rcc.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F4xx_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup TIM
* @brief TIM driver modules
* @{
*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* ---------------------- TIM registers bit mask ------------------------ */
#define SMCR_ETR_MASK ((uint16_t)0x00FF)
#define CCMR_OFFSET ((uint16_t)0x0018)
#define CCER_CCE_SET ((uint16_t)0x0001)
#define CCER_CCNE_SET ((uint16_t)0x0004)
#define CCMR_OC13M_MASK ((uint16_t)0xFF8F)
#define CCMR_OC24M_MASK ((uint16_t)0x8FFF)
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
static void TI1_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection,
uint16_t TIM_ICFilter);
static void TI2_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection,
uint16_t TIM_ICFilter);
static void TI3_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection,
uint16_t TIM_ICFilter);
static void TI4_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection,
uint16_t TIM_ICFilter);
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup TIM_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup TIM_Group1 TimeBase management functions
* @brief TimeBase management functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### TimeBase management functions #####
===============================================================================
##### TIM Driver: how to use it in Timing(Time base) Mode #####
===============================================================================
[..]
To use the Timer in Timing(Time base) mode, the following steps are mandatory:
(#) Enable TIM clock using RCC_APBxPeriphClockCmd(RCC_APBxPeriph_TIMx, ENABLE) function
(#) Fill the TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct with the desired parameters.
(#) Call TIM_TimeBaseInit(TIMx, &TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct) to configure the Time Base unit
with the corresponding configuration
(#) Enable the NVIC if you need to generate the update interrupt.
(#) Enable the corresponding interrupt using the function TIM_ITConfig(TIMx, TIM_IT_Update)
(#) Call the TIM_Cmd(ENABLE) function to enable the TIM counter.
-@- All other functions can be used separately to modify, if needed,
a specific feature of the Timer.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Deinitializes the TIMx peripheral registers to their default reset values.
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 to select the TIM peripheral.
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_DeInit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
if (TIMx == TIM1)
{
RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM1, ENABLE);
RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM1, DISABLE);
}
else if (TIMx == TIM2)
{
RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM2, ENABLE);
RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM2, DISABLE);
}
else if (TIMx == TIM3)
{
RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM3, ENABLE);
RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM3, DISABLE);
}
else if (TIMx == TIM4)
{
RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM4, ENABLE);
RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM4, DISABLE);
}
else if (TIMx == TIM5)
{
RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM5, ENABLE);
RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM5, DISABLE);
}
else if (TIMx == TIM6)
{
RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM6, ENABLE);
RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM6, DISABLE);
}
else if (TIMx == TIM7)
{
RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM7, ENABLE);
RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM7, DISABLE);
}
else if (TIMx == TIM8)
{
RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM8, ENABLE);
RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM8, DISABLE);
}
else if (TIMx == TIM9)
{
RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM9, ENABLE);
RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM9, DISABLE);
}
else if (TIMx == TIM10)
{
RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM10, ENABLE);
RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM10, DISABLE);
}
else if (TIMx == TIM11)
{
RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM11, ENABLE);
RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM11, DISABLE);
}
else if (TIMx == TIM12)
{
RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM12, ENABLE);
RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM12, DISABLE);
}
else if (TIMx == TIM13)
{
RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM13, ENABLE);
RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM13, DISABLE);
}
else
{
if (TIMx == TIM14)
{
RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM14, ENABLE);
RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM14, DISABLE);
}
}
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the TIMx Time Base Unit peripheral according to
* the specified parameters in the TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct.
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 to select the TIM peripheral.
* @param TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef structure
* that contains the configuration information for the specified TIM peripheral.
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_TimeBaseInit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, const TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef* TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct)
{
uint16_t tmpcr1 = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_CounterMode));
assert_param(IS_TIM_CKD_DIV(TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_ClockDivision));
tmpcr1 = TIMx->CR1;
if((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8)||
(TIMx == TIM2) || (TIMx == TIM3)||
(TIMx == TIM4) || (TIMx == TIM5))
{
/* Select the Counter Mode */
tmpcr1 &= (uint16_t)(~(TIM_CR1_DIR | TIM_CR1_CMS));
tmpcr1 |= (uint32_t)TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_CounterMode;
}
if((TIMx != TIM6) && (TIMx != TIM7))
{
/* Set the clock division */
tmpcr1 &= (uint16_t)(~TIM_CR1_CKD);
tmpcr1 |= (uint32_t)TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_ClockDivision;
}
TIMx->CR1 = tmpcr1;
/* Set the Autoreload value */
TIMx->ARR = TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_Period ;
/* Set the Prescaler value */
TIMx->PSC = TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_Prescaler;
if ((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8))
{
/* Set the Repetition Counter value */
TIMx->RCR = TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_RepetitionCounter;
}
/* Generate an update event to reload the Prescaler
and the repetition counter(only for TIM1 and TIM8) value immediatly */
TIMx->EGR = TIM_PSCReloadMode_Immediate;
}
/**
* @brief Fills each TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct member with its default value.
* @param TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct : pointer to a TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef
* structure which will be initialized.
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_TimeBaseStructInit(TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef* TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct)
{
/* Set the default configuration */
TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_Period = 0xFFFFFFFF;
TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_Prescaler = 0x0000;
TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_ClockDivision = TIM_CKD_DIV1;
TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_CounterMode = TIM_CounterMode_Up;
TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_RepetitionCounter = 0x0000;
}
/**
* @brief Configures the TIMx Prescaler.
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 to select the TIM peripheral.
* @param Prescaler: specifies the Prescaler Register value
* @param TIM_PSCReloadMode: specifies the TIM Prescaler Reload mode
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg TIM_PSCReloadMode_Update: The Prescaler is loaded at the update event.
* @arg TIM_PSCReloadMode_Immediate: The Prescaler is loaded immediatly.
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_PrescalerConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t Prescaler, uint16_t TIM_PSCReloadMode)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
assert_param(IS_TIM_PRESCALER_RELOAD(TIM_PSCReloadMode));
/* Set the Prescaler value */
TIMx->PSC = Prescaler;
/* Set or reset the UG Bit */
TIMx->EGR = TIM_PSCReloadMode;
}
/**
* @brief Specifies the TIMx Counter Mode to be used.
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
* @param TIM_CounterMode: specifies the Counter Mode to be used
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg TIM_CounterMode_Up: TIM Up Counting Mode
* @arg TIM_CounterMode_Down: TIM Down Counting Mode
* @arg TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned1: TIM Center Aligned Mode1
* @arg TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned2: TIM Center Aligned Mode2
* @arg TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned3: TIM Center Aligned Mode3
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_CounterModeConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_CounterMode)
{
uint16_t tmpcr1 = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(TIM_CounterMode));
tmpcr1 = TIMx->CR1;
/* Reset the CMS and DIR Bits */
tmpcr1 &= (uint16_t)~(TIM_CR1_DIR | TIM_CR1_CMS);
/* Set the Counter Mode */
tmpcr1 |= TIM_CounterMode;
/* Write to TIMx CR1 register */
TIMx->CR1 = tmpcr1;
}
/**
* @brief Sets the TIMx Counter Register value
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 to select the TIM peripheral.
* @param Counter: specifies the Counter register new value.
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_SetCounter(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Counter)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
/* Set the Counter Register value */
TIMx->CNT = Counter;
}
/**
* @brief Sets the TIMx Autoreload Register value
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 to select the TIM peripheral.
* @param Autoreload: specifies the Autoreload register new value.
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_SetAutoreload(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Autoreload)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
/* Set the Autoreload Register value */
TIMx->ARR = Autoreload;
}
/**
* @brief Gets the TIMx Counter value.
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 to select the TIM peripheral.
* @retval Counter Register value
*/
uint32_t TIM_GetCounter(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
/* Get the Counter Register value */
return TIMx->CNT;
}
/**
* @brief Gets the TIMx Prescaler value.
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 to select the TIM peripheral.
* @retval Prescaler Register value.
*/
uint16_t TIM_GetPrescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
/* Get the Prescaler Register value */
return TIMx->PSC;
}
/**
* @brief Enables or Disables the TIMx Update event.
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 to select the TIM peripheral.
* @param NewState: new state of the TIMx UDIS bit
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_UpdateDisableConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Set the Update Disable Bit */
TIMx->CR1 |= TIM_CR1_UDIS;
}
else
{
/* Reset the Update Disable Bit */
TIMx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR1_UDIS;
}
}
/**
* @brief Configures the TIMx Update Request Interrupt source.
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 to select the TIM peripheral.
* @param TIM_UpdateSource: specifies the Update source.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg TIM_UpdateSource_Global: Source of update is the counter
* overflow/underflow or the setting of UG bit, or an update
* generation through the slave mode controller.
* @arg TIM_UpdateSource_Regular: Source of update is counter overflow/underflow.
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_UpdateRequestConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_UpdateSource)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
assert_param(IS_TIM_UPDATE_SOURCE(TIM_UpdateSource));
if (TIM_UpdateSource != TIM_UpdateSource_Global)
{
/* Set the URS Bit */
TIMx->CR1 |= TIM_CR1_URS;
}
else
{
/* Reset the URS Bit */
TIMx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR1_URS;
}
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables TIMx peripheral Preload register on ARR.
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 to select the TIM peripheral.
* @param NewState: new state of the TIMx peripheral Preload register
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_ARRPreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Set the ARR Preload Bit */
TIMx->CR1 |= TIM_CR1_ARPE;
}
else
{
/* Reset the ARR Preload Bit */
TIMx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR1_ARPE;
}
}
/**
* @brief Selects the TIMx's One Pulse Mode.
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 to select the TIM peripheral.
* @param TIM_OPMode: specifies the OPM Mode to be used.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg TIM_OPMode_Single
* @arg TIM_OPMode_Repetitive
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_SelectOnePulseMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OPMode)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
assert_param(IS_TIM_OPM_MODE(TIM_OPMode));
/* Reset the OPM Bit */
TIMx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR1_OPM;
/* Configure the OPM Mode */
TIMx->CR1 |= TIM_OPMode;
}
/**
* @brief Sets the TIMx Clock Division value.
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 except 6 and 7, to select the TIM peripheral.
* @param TIM_CKD: specifies the clock division value.
* This parameter can be one of the following value:
* @arg TIM_CKD_DIV1: TDTS = Tck_tim
* @arg TIM_CKD_DIV2: TDTS = 2*Tck_tim
* @arg TIM_CKD_DIV4: TDTS = 4*Tck_tim
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_SetClockDivision(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_CKD)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx));
assert_param(IS_TIM_CKD_DIV(TIM_CKD));
/* Reset the CKD Bits */
TIMx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)(~TIM_CR1_CKD);
/* Set the CKD value */
TIMx->CR1 |= TIM_CKD;
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the specified TIM peripheral.
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 to select the TIMx peripheral.
* @param NewState: new state of the TIMx peripheral.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_Cmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Enable the TIM Counter */
TIMx->CR1 |= TIM_CR1_CEN;
}
else
{
/* Disable the TIM Counter */
TIMx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR1_CEN;
}
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup TIM_Group2 Output Compare management functions
* @brief Output Compare management functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Output Compare management functions #####
===============================================================================
##### TIM Driver: how to use it in Output Compare Mode #####
===============================================================================
[..]
To use the Timer in Output Compare mode, the following steps are mandatory:
(#) Enable TIM clock using RCC_APBxPeriphClockCmd(RCC_APBxPeriph_TIMx, ENABLE)
function
(#) Configure the TIM pins by configuring the corresponding GPIO pins
(#) Configure the Time base unit as described in the first part of this driver,
(++) if needed, else the Timer will run with the default configuration:
Autoreload value = 0xFFFF
(++) Prescaler value = 0x0000
(++) Counter mode = Up counting
(++) Clock Division = TIM_CKD_DIV1
(#) Fill the TIM_OCInitStruct with the desired parameters including:
(++) The TIM Output Compare mode: TIM_OCMode
(++) TIM Output State: TIM_OutputState
(++) TIM Pulse value: TIM_Pulse
(++) TIM Output Compare Polarity : TIM_OCPolarity
(#) Call TIM_OCxInit(TIMx, &TIM_OCInitStruct) to configure the desired
channel with the corresponding configuration
(#) Call the TIM_Cmd(ENABLE) function to enable the TIM counter.
-@- All other functions can be used separately to modify, if needed,
a specific feature of the Timer.
-@- In case of PWM mode, this function is mandatory:
TIM_OCxPreloadConfig(TIMx, TIM_OCPreload_ENABLE);
-@- If the corresponding interrupt or DMA request are needed, the user should:
(+@) Enable the NVIC (or the DMA) to use the TIM interrupts (or DMA requests).
(+@) Enable the corresponding interrupt (or DMA request) using the function
TIM_ITConfig(TIMx, TIM_IT_CCx) (or TIM_DMA_Cmd(TIMx, TIM_DMA_CCx))
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initializes the TIMx Channel1 according to the specified parameters in
* the TIM_OCInitStruct.
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 except 6 and 7, to select the TIM peripheral.
* @param TIM_OCInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_OCInitTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified TIM peripheral.
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_OC1Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, const TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct)
{
uint16_t tmpccmrx = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmpcr2 = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx));
assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode));
assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUT_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState));
assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity));
/* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */
TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC1E;
/* Get the TIMx CCER register value */
tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
/* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */
tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2;
/* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */
tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR1;
/* Reset the Output Compare Mode Bits */
tmpccmrx &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_OC1M;
tmpccmrx &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_CC1S;
/* Select the Output Compare Mode */
tmpccmrx |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode;
/* Reset the Output Polarity level */
tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC1P;
/* Set the Output Compare Polarity */
tmpccer |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity;
/* Set the Output State */
tmpccer |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState;
if((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8))
{
assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUTN_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputNState));
assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNPolarity));
assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNIdleState));
assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState));
/* Reset the Output N Polarity level */
tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC1NP;
/* Set the Output N Polarity */
tmpccer |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNPolarity;
/* Reset the Output N State */
tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC1NE;
/* Set the Output N State */
tmpccer |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputNState;
/* Reset the Output Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */
tmpcr2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR2_OIS1;
tmpcr2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR2_OIS1N;
/* Set the Output Idle state */
tmpcr2 |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState;
/* Set the Output N Idle state */
tmpcr2 |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNIdleState;
}
/* Write to TIMx CR2 */
TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2;
/* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */
TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmrx;
/* Set the Capture Compare Register value */
TIMx->CCR1 = TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_Pulse;
/* Write to TIMx CCER */
TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the TIMx Channel2 according to the specified parameters
* in the TIM_OCInitStruct.
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9 or 12 to select the TIM
* peripheral.
* @param TIM_OCInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_OCInitTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified TIM peripheral.
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_OC2Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, const TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct)
{
uint16_t tmpccmrx = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmpcr2 = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx));
assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode));
assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUT_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState));
assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity));
/* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */
TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC2E;
/* Get the TIMx CCER register value */
tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
/* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */
tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2;
/* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */
tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR1;
/* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */
tmpccmrx &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_OC2M;
tmpccmrx &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_CC2S;
/* Select the Output Compare Mode */
tmpccmrx |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode << 8);
/* Reset the Output Polarity level */
tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC2P;
/* Set the Output Compare Polarity */
tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity << 4);
/* Set the Output State */
tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState << 4);
if((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8))
{
assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUTN_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputNState));
assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNPolarity));
assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNIdleState));
assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState));
/* Reset the Output N Polarity level */
tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC2NP;
/* Set the Output N Polarity */
tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNPolarity << 4);
/* Reset the Output N State */
tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC2NE;
/* Set the Output N State */
tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputNState << 4);
/* Reset the Output Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */
tmpcr2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR2_OIS2;
tmpcr2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR2_OIS2N;
/* Set the Output Idle state */
tmpcr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState << 2);
/* Set the Output N Idle state */
tmpcr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNIdleState << 2);
}
/* Write to TIMx CR2 */
TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2;
/* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */
TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmrx;
/* Set the Capture Compare Register value */
TIMx->CCR2 = TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_Pulse;
/* Write to TIMx CCER */
TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the TIMx Channel3 according to the specified parameters
* in the TIM_OCInitStruct.
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
* @param TIM_OCInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_OCInitTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified TIM peripheral.
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_OC3Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, const TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct)
{
uint16_t tmpccmrx = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmpcr2 = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode));
assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUT_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState));
assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity));
/* Disable the Channel 3: Reset the CC2E Bit */
TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC3E;
/* Get the TIMx CCER register value */
tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
/* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */
tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2;
/* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */
tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR2;
/* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */
tmpccmrx &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR2_OC3M;
tmpccmrx &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR2_CC3S;
/* Select the Output Compare Mode */
tmpccmrx |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode;
/* Reset the Output Polarity level */
tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC3P;
/* Set the Output Compare Polarity */
tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity << 8);
/* Set the Output State */
tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState << 8);
if((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8))
{
assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUTN_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputNState));
assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNPolarity));
assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNIdleState));
assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState));
/* Reset the Output N Polarity level */
tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC3NP;
/* Set the Output N Polarity */
tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNPolarity << 8);
/* Reset the Output N State */
tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC3NE;
/* Set the Output N State */
tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputNState << 8);
/* Reset the Output Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */
tmpcr2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR2_OIS3;
tmpcr2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR2_OIS3N;
/* Set the Output Idle state */
tmpcr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState << 4);
/* Set the Output N Idle state */
tmpcr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNIdleState << 4);
}
/* Write to TIMx CR2 */
TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2;
/* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */
TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmrx;
/* Set the Capture Compare Register value */
TIMx->CCR3 = TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_Pulse;
/* Write to TIMx CCER */
TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the TIMx Channel4 according to the specified parameters
* in the TIM_OCInitStruct.
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
* @param TIM_OCInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_OCInitTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified TIM peripheral.
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_OC4Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, const TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct)
{
uint16_t tmpccmrx = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmpcr2 = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode));
assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUT_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState));
assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity));
/* Disable the Channel 4: Reset the CC4E Bit */
TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC4E;
/* Get the TIMx CCER register value */
tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
/* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */
tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2;
/* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */
tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR2;
/* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */
tmpccmrx &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR2_OC4M;
tmpccmrx &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR2_CC4S;
/* Select the Output Compare Mode */
tmpccmrx |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode << 8);
/* Reset the Output Polarity level */
tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC4P;
/* Set the Output Compare Polarity */
tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity << 12);
/* Set the Output State */
tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState << 12);
if((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8))
{
assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState));
/* Reset the Output Compare IDLE State */
tmpcr2 &=(uint16_t) ~TIM_CR2_OIS4;
/* Set the Output Idle state */
tmpcr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState << 6);
}
/* Write to TIMx CR2 */
TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2;
/* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */
TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmrx;
/* Set the Capture Compare Register value */
TIMx->CCR4 = TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_Pulse;
/* Write to TIMx CCER */
TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
}
/**
* @brief Fills each TIM_OCInitStruct member with its default value.
* @param TIM_OCInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_OCInitTypeDef structure which will
* be initialized.
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_OCStructInit(TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct)
{
/* Set the default configuration */
TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode = TIM_OCMode_Timing;
TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState = TIM_OutputState_Disable;
TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputNState = TIM_OutputNState_Disable;
TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_Pulse = 0x00000000;
TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity = TIM_OCPolarity_High;
TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNPolarity = TIM_OCPolarity_High;
TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState = TIM_OCIdleState_Reset;
TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNIdleState = TIM_OCNIdleState_Reset;
}
/**
* @brief Selects the TIM Output Compare Mode.
* @note This function disables the selected channel before changing the Output
* Compare Mode. If needed, user has to enable this channel using
* TIM_CCxCmd() and TIM_CCxNCmd() functions.
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 except 6 and 7, to select the TIM peripheral.
* @param TIM_Channel: specifies the TIM Channel
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg TIM_Channel_1: TIM Channel 1
* @arg TIM_Channel_2: TIM Channel 2
* @arg TIM_Channel_3: TIM Channel 3
* @arg TIM_Channel_4: TIM Channel 4
* @param TIM_OCMode: specifies the TIM Output Compare Mode.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg TIM_OCMode_Timing
* @arg TIM_OCMode_Active
* @arg TIM_OCMode_Toggle
* @arg TIM_OCMode_PWM1
* @arg TIM_OCMode_PWM2
* @arg TIM_ForcedAction_Active
* @arg TIM_ForcedAction_InActive
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_SelectOCxM(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Channel, uint16_t TIM_OCMode)
{
uint32_t tmp = 0;
uint16_t tmp1 = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx));
assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNEL(TIM_Channel));
assert_param(IS_TIM_OCM(TIM_OCMode));
tmp = (uint32_t) TIMx;
tmp += CCMR_OFFSET;
tmp1 = CCER_CCE_SET << (uint16_t)TIM_Channel;
/* Disable the Channel: Reset the CCxE Bit */
TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t) ~tmp1;
if((TIM_Channel == TIM_Channel_1) ||(TIM_Channel == TIM_Channel_3))
{
tmp += (TIM_Channel>>1);
/* Reset the OCxM bits in the CCMRx register */
*(__IO uint32_t *) tmp &= CCMR_OC13M_MASK;
/* Configure the OCxM bits in the CCMRx register */
*(__IO uint32_t *) tmp |= TIM_OCMode;
}
else
{
tmp += (uint16_t)(TIM_Channel - (uint16_t)4)>> (uint16_t)1;
/* Reset the OCxM bits in the CCMRx register */
*(__IO uint32_t *) tmp &= CCMR_OC24M_MASK;
/* Configure the OCxM bits in the CCMRx register */
*(__IO uint32_t *) tmp |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCMode << 8);
}
}
/**
* @brief Sets the TIMx Capture Compare1 Register value
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 except 6 and 7, to select the TIM peripheral.
* @param Compare1: specifies the Capture Compare1 register new value.
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_SetCompare1(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare1)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx));
/* Set the Capture Compare1 Register value */
TIMx->CCR1 = Compare1;
}
/**
* @brief Sets the TIMx Capture Compare2 Register value
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9 or 12 to select the TIM
* peripheral.
* @param Compare2: specifies the Capture Compare2 register new value.
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_SetCompare2(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare2)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx));
/* Set the Capture Compare2 Register value */
TIMx->CCR2 = Compare2;
}
/**
* @brief Sets the TIMx Capture Compare3 Register value
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
* @param Compare3: specifies the Capture Compare3 register new value.
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_SetCompare3(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare3)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
/* Set the Capture Compare3 Register value */
TIMx->CCR3 = Compare3;
}
/**
* @brief Sets the TIMx Capture Compare4 Register value
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
* @param Compare4: specifies the Capture Compare4 register new value.
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_SetCompare4(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare4)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
/* Set the Capture Compare4 Register value */
TIMx->CCR4 = Compare4;
}
/**
* @brief Forces the TIMx output 1 waveform to active or inactive level.
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 except 6 and 7, to select the TIM peripheral.
* @param TIM_ForcedAction: specifies the forced Action to be set to the output waveform.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg TIM_ForcedAction_Active: Force active level on OC1REF
* @arg TIM_ForcedAction_InActive: Force inactive level on OC1REF.
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_ForcedOC1Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction)
{
uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx));
assert_param(IS_TIM_FORCED_ACTION(TIM_ForcedAction));
tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
/* Reset the OC1M Bits */
tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_OC1M;
/* Configure The Forced output Mode */
tmpccmr1 |= TIM_ForcedAction;
/* Write to TIMx CCMR1 register */
TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
}
/**
* @brief Forces the TIMx output 2 waveform to active or inactive level.
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9 or 12 to select the TIM
* peripheral.
* @param TIM_ForcedAction: specifies the forced Action to be set to the output waveform.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg TIM_ForcedAction_Active: Force active level on OC2REF
* @arg TIM_ForcedAction_InActive: Force inactive level on OC2REF.
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_ForcedOC2Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction)
{
uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx));
assert_param(IS_TIM_FORCED_ACTION(TIM_ForcedAction));
tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
/* Reset the OC2M Bits */
tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_OC2M;
/* Configure The Forced output Mode */
tmpccmr1 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ForcedAction << 8);
/* Write to TIMx CCMR1 register */
TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
}
/**
* @brief Forces the TIMx output 3 waveform to active or inactive level.
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
* @param TIM_ForcedAction: specifies the forced Action to be set to the output waveform.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg TIM_ForcedAction_Active: Force active level on OC3REF
* @arg TIM_ForcedAction_InActive: Force inactive level on OC3REF.
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_ForcedOC3Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction)
{
uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
assert_param(IS_TIM_FORCED_ACTION(TIM_ForcedAction));
tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2;
/* Reset the OC1M Bits */
tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR2_OC3M;
/* Configure The Forced output Mode */
tmpccmr2 |= TIM_ForcedAction;
/* Write to TIMx CCMR2 register */
TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2;
}
/**
* @brief Forces the TIMx output 4 waveform to active or inactive level.
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
* @param TIM_ForcedAction: specifies the forced Action to be set to the output waveform.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg TIM_ForcedAction_Active: Force active level on OC4REF
* @arg TIM_ForcedAction_InActive: Force inactive level on OC4REF.
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_ForcedOC4Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction)
{
uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
assert_param(IS_TIM_FORCED_ACTION(TIM_ForcedAction));
tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2;
/* Reset the OC2M Bits */
tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR2_OC4M;
/* Configure The Forced output Mode */
tmpccmr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ForcedAction << 8);
/* Write to TIMx CCMR2 register */
TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2;
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the TIMx peripheral Preload register on CCR1.
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 except 6 and 7, to select the TIM peripheral.
* @param TIM_OCPreload: new state of the TIMx peripheral Preload register
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg TIM_OCPreload_Enable
* @arg TIM_OCPreload_Disable
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_OC1PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload)
{
uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx));
assert_param(IS_TIM_OCPRELOAD_STATE(TIM_OCPreload));
tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
/* Reset the OC1PE Bit */
tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)(~TIM_CCMR1_OC1PE);
/* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Preload feature */
tmpccmr1 |= TIM_OCPreload;
/* Write to TIMx CCMR1 register */
TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the TIMx peripheral Preload register on CCR2.
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9 or 12 to select the TIM
* peripheral.
* @param TIM_OCPreload: new state of the TIMx peripheral Preload register
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg TIM_OCPreload_Enable
* @arg TIM_OCPreload_Disable
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_OC2PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload)
{
uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx));
assert_param(IS_TIM_OCPRELOAD_STATE(TIM_OCPreload));
tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
/* Reset the OC2PE Bit */
tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)(~TIM_CCMR1_OC2PE);
/* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Preload feature */
tmpccmr1 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCPreload << 8);
/* Write to TIMx CCMR1 register */
TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the TIMx peripheral Preload register on CCR3.
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
* @param TIM_OCPreload: new state of the TIMx peripheral Preload register
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg TIM_OCPreload_Enable
* @arg TIM_OCPreload_Disable
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_OC3PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload)
{
uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
assert_param(IS_TIM_OCPRELOAD_STATE(TIM_OCPreload));
tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2;
/* Reset the OC3PE Bit */
tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)(~TIM_CCMR2_OC3PE);
/* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Preload feature */
tmpccmr2 |= TIM_OCPreload;
/* Write to TIMx CCMR2 register */
TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2;
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the TIMx peripheral Preload register on CCR4.
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
* @param TIM_OCPreload: new state of the TIMx peripheral Preload register
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg TIM_OCPreload_Enable
* @arg TIM_OCPreload_Disable
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_OC4PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload)
{
uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
assert_param(IS_TIM_OCPRELOAD_STATE(TIM_OCPreload));
tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2;
/* Reset the OC4PE Bit */
tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)(~TIM_CCMR2_OC4PE);
/* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Preload feature */
tmpccmr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCPreload << 8);
/* Write to TIMx CCMR2 register */
TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2;
}
/**
* @brief Configures the TIMx Output Compare 1 Fast feature.
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 except 6 and 7, to select the TIM peripheral.
* @param TIM_OCFast: new state of the Output Compare Fast Enable Bit.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg TIM_OCFast_Enable: TIM output compare fast enable
* @arg TIM_OCFast_Disable: TIM output compare fast disable
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_OC1FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast)
{
uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx));
assert_param(IS_TIM_OCFAST_STATE(TIM_OCFast));
/* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */
tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
/* Reset the OC1FE Bit */
tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_OC1FE;
/* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Fast Bit */
tmpccmr1 |= TIM_OCFast;
/* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */
TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
}
/**
* @brief Configures the TIMx Output Compare 2 Fast feature.
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9 or 12 to select the TIM
* peripheral.
* @param TIM_OCFast: new state of the Output Compare Fast Enable Bit.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg TIM_OCFast_Enable: TIM output compare fast enable
* @arg TIM_OCFast_Disable: TIM output compare fast disable
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_OC2FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast)
{
uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx));
assert_param(IS_TIM_OCFAST_STATE(TIM_OCFast));
/* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */
tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
/* Reset the OC2FE Bit */
tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)(~TIM_CCMR1_OC2FE);
/* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Fast Bit */
tmpccmr1 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCFast << 8);
/* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */
TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
}
/**
* @brief Configures the TIMx Output Compare 3 Fast feature.
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
* @param TIM_OCFast: new state of the Output Compare Fast Enable Bit.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg TIM_OCFast_Enable: TIM output compare fast enable
* @arg TIM_OCFast_Disable: TIM output compare fast disable
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_OC3FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast)
{
uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
assert_param(IS_TIM_OCFAST_STATE(TIM_OCFast));
/* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */
tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2;
/* Reset the OC3FE Bit */
tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR2_OC3FE;
/* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Fast Bit */
tmpccmr2 |= TIM_OCFast;
/* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */
TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2;
}
/**
* @brief Configures the TIMx Output Compare 4 Fast feature.
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
* @param TIM_OCFast: new state of the Output Compare Fast Enable Bit.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg TIM_OCFast_Enable: TIM output compare fast enable
* @arg TIM_OCFast_Disable: TIM output compare fast disable
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_OC4FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast)
{
uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
assert_param(IS_TIM_OCFAST_STATE(TIM_OCFast));
/* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */
tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2;
/* Reset the OC4FE Bit */
tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)(~TIM_CCMR2_OC4FE);
/* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Fast Bit */
tmpccmr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCFast << 8);
/* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */
TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2;
}
/**
* @brief Clears or safeguards the OCREF1 signal on an external event
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 except 6 and 7, to select the TIM peripheral.
* @param TIM_OCClear: new state of the Output Compare Clear Enable Bit.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg TIM_OCClear_Enable: TIM Output clear enable
* @arg TIM_OCClear_Disable: TIM Output clear disable
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_ClearOC1Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear)
{
uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx));
assert_param(IS_TIM_OCCLEAR_STATE(TIM_OCClear));
tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
/* Reset the OC1CE Bit */
tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_OC1CE;
/* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Clear Bit */
tmpccmr1 |= TIM_OCClear;
/* Write to TIMx CCMR1 register */
TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
}
/**
* @brief Clears or safeguards the OCREF2 signal on an external event
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9 or 12 to select the TIM
* peripheral.
* @param TIM_OCClear: new state of the Output Compare Clear Enable Bit.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg TIM_OCClear_Enable: TIM Output clear enable
* @arg TIM_OCClear_Disable: TIM Output clear disable
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_ClearOC2Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear)
{
uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx));
assert_param(IS_TIM_OCCLEAR_STATE(TIM_OCClear));
tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
/* Reset the OC2CE Bit */
tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_OC2CE;
/* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Clear Bit */
tmpccmr1 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCClear << 8);
/* Write to TIMx CCMR1 register */
TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
}
/**
* @brief Clears or safeguards the OCREF3 signal on an external event
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
* @param TIM_OCClear: new state of the Output Compare Clear Enable Bit.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg TIM_OCClear_Enable: TIM Output clear enable
* @arg TIM_OCClear_Disable: TIM Output clear disable
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_ClearOC3Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear)
{
uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
assert_param(IS_TIM_OCCLEAR_STATE(TIM_OCClear));
tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2;
/* Reset the OC3CE Bit */
tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR2_OC3CE;
/* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Clear Bit */
tmpccmr2 |= TIM_OCClear;
/* Write to TIMx CCMR2 register */
TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2;
}
/**
* @brief Clears or safeguards the OCREF4 signal on an external event
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
* @param TIM_OCClear: new state of the Output Compare Clear Enable Bit.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg TIM_OCClear_Enable: TIM Output clear enable
* @arg TIM_OCClear_Disable: TIM Output clear disable
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_ClearOC4Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear)
{
uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
assert_param(IS_TIM_OCCLEAR_STATE(TIM_OCClear));
tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2;
/* Reset the OC4CE Bit */
tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR2_OC4CE;
/* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Clear Bit */
tmpccmr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCClear << 8);
/* Write to TIMx CCMR2 register */
TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2;
}
/**
* @brief Configures the TIMx channel 1 polarity.
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 except 6 and 7, to select the TIM peripheral.
* @param TIM_OCPolarity: specifies the OC1 Polarity
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg TIM_OCPolarity_High: Output Compare active high
* @arg TIM_OCPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_OC1PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity)
{
uint16_t tmpccer = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx));
assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCPolarity));
tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
/* Set or Reset the CC1P Bit */
tmpccer &= (uint16_t)(~TIM_CCER_CC1P);
tmpccer |= TIM_OCPolarity;
/* Write to TIMx CCER register */
TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
}
/**
* @brief Configures the TIMx Channel 1N polarity.
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
* @param TIM_OCNPolarity: specifies the OC1N Polarity
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg TIM_OCNPolarity_High: Output Compare active high
* @arg TIM_OCNPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_OC1NPolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCNPolarity)
{
uint16_t tmpccer = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx));
assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(TIM_OCNPolarity));
tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
/* Set or Reset the CC1NP Bit */
tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC1NP;
tmpccer |= TIM_OCNPolarity;
/* Write to TIMx CCER register */
TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
}
/**
* @brief Configures the TIMx channel 2 polarity.
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9 or 12 to select the TIM
* peripheral.
* @param TIM_OCPolarity: specifies the OC2 Polarity
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg TIM_OCPolarity_High: Output Compare active high
* @arg TIM_OCPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_OC2PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity)
{
uint16_t tmpccer = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx));
assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCPolarity));
tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
/* Set or Reset the CC2P Bit */
tmpccer &= (uint16_t)(~TIM_CCER_CC2P);
tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCPolarity << 4);
/* Write to TIMx CCER register */
TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
}
/**
* @brief Configures the TIMx Channel 2N polarity.
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
* @param TIM_OCNPolarity: specifies the OC2N Polarity
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg TIM_OCNPolarity_High: Output Compare active high
* @arg TIM_OCNPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_OC2NPolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCNPolarity)
{
uint16_t tmpccer = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx));
assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(TIM_OCNPolarity));
tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
/* Set or Reset the CC2NP Bit */
tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC2NP;
tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCNPolarity << 4);
/* Write to TIMx CCER register */
TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
}
/**
* @brief Configures the TIMx channel 3 polarity.
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
* @param TIM_OCPolarity: specifies the OC3 Polarity
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg TIM_OCPolarity_High: Output Compare active high
* @arg TIM_OCPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_OC3PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity)
{
uint16_t tmpccer = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCPolarity));
tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
/* Set or Reset the CC3P Bit */
tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC3P;
tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCPolarity << 8);
/* Write to TIMx CCER register */
TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
}
/**
* @brief Configures the TIMx Channel 3N polarity.
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
* @param TIM_OCNPolarity: specifies the OC3N Polarity
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg TIM_OCNPolarity_High: Output Compare active high
* @arg TIM_OCNPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_OC3NPolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCNPolarity)
{
uint16_t tmpccer = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx));
assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(TIM_OCNPolarity));
tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
/* Set or Reset the CC3NP Bit */
tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC3NP;
tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCNPolarity << 8);
/* Write to TIMx CCER register */
TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
}
/**
* @brief Configures the TIMx channel 4 polarity.
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
* @param TIM_OCPolarity: specifies the OC4 Polarity
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg TIM_OCPolarity_High: Output Compare active high
* @arg TIM_OCPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_OC4PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity)
{
uint16_t tmpccer = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCPolarity));
tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
/* Set or Reset the CC4P Bit */
tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC4P;
tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCPolarity << 12);
/* Write to TIMx CCER register */
TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the TIM Capture Compare Channel x.
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 except 6 and 7, to select the TIM peripheral.
* @param TIM_Channel: specifies the TIM Channel
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg TIM_Channel_1: TIM Channel 1
* @arg TIM_Channel_2: TIM Channel 2
* @arg TIM_Channel_3: TIM Channel 3
* @arg TIM_Channel_4: TIM Channel 4
* @param TIM_CCx: specifies the TIM Channel CCxE bit new state.
* This parameter can be: TIM_CCx_Enable or TIM_CCx_Disable.
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_CCxCmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Channel, uint16_t TIM_CCx)
{
uint16_t tmp = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx));
assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNEL(TIM_Channel));
assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX(TIM_CCx));
tmp = CCER_CCE_SET << TIM_Channel;
/* Reset the CCxE Bit */
TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)~ tmp;
/* Set or reset the CCxE Bit */
TIMx->CCER |= (uint16_t)(TIM_CCx << TIM_Channel);
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the TIM Capture Compare Channel xN.
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
* @param TIM_Channel: specifies the TIM Channel
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg TIM_Channel_1: TIM Channel 1
* @arg TIM_Channel_2: TIM Channel 2
* @arg TIM_Channel_3: TIM Channel 3
* @param TIM_CCxN: specifies the TIM Channel CCxNE bit new state.
* This parameter can be: TIM_CCxN_Enable or TIM_CCxN_Disable.
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_CCxNCmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Channel, uint16_t TIM_CCxN)
{
uint16_t tmp = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx));
assert_param(IS_TIM_COMPLEMENTARY_CHANNEL(TIM_Channel));
assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN(TIM_CCxN));
tmp = CCER_CCNE_SET << TIM_Channel;
/* Reset the CCxNE Bit */
TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t) ~tmp;
/* Set or reset the CCxNE Bit */
TIMx->CCER |= (uint16_t)(TIM_CCxN << TIM_Channel);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup TIM_Group3 Input Capture management functions
* @brief Input Capture management functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Input Capture management functions #####
===============================================================================
##### TIM Driver: how to use it in Input Capture Mode #####
===============================================================================
[..]
To use the Timer in Input Capture mode, the following steps are mandatory:
(#) Enable TIM clock using RCC_APBxPeriphClockCmd(RCC_APBxPeriph_TIMx, ENABLE)
function
(#) Configure the TIM pins by configuring the corresponding GPIO pins
(#) Configure the Time base unit as described in the first part of this driver,
if needed, else the Timer will run with the default configuration:
(++) Autoreload value = 0xFFFF
(++) Prescaler value = 0x0000
(++) Counter mode = Up counting
(++) Clock Division = TIM_CKD_DIV1
(#) Fill the TIM_ICInitStruct with the desired parameters including:
(++) TIM Channel: TIM_Channel
(++) TIM Input Capture polarity: TIM_ICPolarity
(++) TIM Input Capture selection: TIM_ICSelection
(++) TIM Input Capture Prescaler: TIM_ICPrescaler
(++) TIM Input CApture filter value: TIM_ICFilter
(#) Call TIM_ICInit(TIMx, &TIM_ICInitStruct) to configure the desired channel
with the corresponding configuration and to measure only frequency
or duty cycle of the input signal, or, Call TIM_PWMIConfig(TIMx, &TIM_ICInitStruct)
to configure the desired channels with the corresponding configuration
and to measure the frequency and the duty cycle of the input signal
(#) Enable the NVIC or the DMA to read the measured frequency.
(#) Enable the corresponding interrupt (or DMA request) to read the Captured
value, using the function TIM_ITConfig(TIMx, TIM_IT_CCx)
(or TIM_DMA_Cmd(TIMx, TIM_DMA_CCx))
(#) Call the TIM_Cmd(ENABLE) function to enable the TIM counter.
(#) Use TIM_GetCapturex(TIMx); to read the captured value.
-@- All other functions can be used separately to modify, if needed,
a specific feature of the Timer.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initializes the TIM peripheral according to the specified parameters
* in the TIM_ICInitStruct.
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 except 6 and 7, to select the TIM peripheral.
* @param TIM_ICInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_ICInitTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified TIM peripheral.
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_ICInit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_ICInitTypeDef* TIM_ICInitStruct)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx));
assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity));
assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection));
assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler));
assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter));
if (TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_Channel == TIM_Channel_1)
{
/* TI1 Configuration */
TI1_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity,
TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection,
TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter);
/* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */
TIM_SetIC1Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler);
}
else if (TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_Channel == TIM_Channel_2)
{
/* TI2 Configuration */
assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx));
TI2_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity,
TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection,
TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter);
/* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */
TIM_SetIC2Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler);
}
else if (TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_Channel == TIM_Channel_3)
{
/* TI3 Configuration */
assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
TI3_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity,
TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection,
TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter);
/* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */
TIM_SetIC3Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler);
}
else
{
/* TI4 Configuration */
assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
TI4_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity,
TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection,
TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter);
/* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */
TIM_SetIC4Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler);
}
}
/**
* @brief Fills each TIM_ICInitStruct member with its default value.
* @param TIM_ICInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_ICInitTypeDef structure which will
* be initialized.
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_ICStructInit(TIM_ICInitTypeDef* TIM_ICInitStruct)
{
/* Set the default configuration */
TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_Channel = TIM_Channel_1;
TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity = TIM_ICPolarity_Rising;
TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection = TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI;
TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler = TIM_ICPSC_DIV1;
TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter = 0x00;
}
/**
* @brief Configures the TIM peripheral according to the specified parameters
* in the TIM_ICInitStruct to measure an external PWM signal.
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5,8, 9 or 12 to select the TIM
* peripheral.
* @param TIM_ICInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_ICInitTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified TIM peripheral.
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_PWMIConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_ICInitTypeDef* TIM_ICInitStruct)
{
uint16_t icoppositepolarity = TIM_ICPolarity_Rising;
uint16_t icoppositeselection = TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx));
/* Select the Opposite Input Polarity */
if (TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity == TIM_ICPolarity_Rising)
{
icoppositepolarity = TIM_ICPolarity_Falling;
}
else
{
icoppositepolarity = TIM_ICPolarity_Rising;
}
/* Select the Opposite Input */
if (TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection == TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI)
{
icoppositeselection = TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI;
}
else
{
icoppositeselection = TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI;
}
if (TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_Channel == TIM_Channel_1)
{
/* TI1 Configuration */
TI1_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection,
TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter);
/* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */
TIM_SetIC1Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler);
/* TI2 Configuration */
TI2_Config(TIMx, icoppositepolarity, icoppositeselection, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter);
/* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */
TIM_SetIC2Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler);
}
else
{
/* TI2 Configuration */
TI2_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection,
TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter);
/* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */
TIM_SetIC2Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler);
/* TI1 Configuration */
TI1_Config(TIMx, icoppositepolarity, icoppositeselection, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter);
/* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */
TIM_SetIC1Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler);
}
}
/**
* @brief Gets the TIMx Input Capture 1 value.
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 except 6 and 7, to select the TIM peripheral.
* @retval Capture Compare 1 Register value.
*/
uint32_t TIM_GetCapture1(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx));
/* Get the Capture 1 Register value */
return TIMx->CCR1;
}
/**
* @brief Gets the TIMx Input Capture 2 value.
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9 or 12 to select the TIM
* peripheral.
* @retval Capture Compare 2 Register value.
*/
uint32_t TIM_GetCapture2(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx));
/* Get the Capture 2 Register value */
return TIMx->CCR2;
}
/**
* @brief Gets the TIMx Input Capture 3 value.
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
* @retval Capture Compare 3 Register value.
*/
uint32_t TIM_GetCapture3(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
/* Get the Capture 3 Register value */
return TIMx->CCR3;
}
/**
* @brief Gets the TIMx Input Capture 4 value.
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
* @retval Capture Compare 4 Register value.
*/
uint32_t TIM_GetCapture4(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
/* Get the Capture 4 Register value */
return TIMx->CCR4;
}
/**
* @brief Sets the TIMx Input Capture 1 prescaler.
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 except 6 and 7, to select the TIM peripheral.
* @param TIM_ICPSC: specifies the Input Capture1 prescaler new value.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV1: no prescaler
* @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV2: capture is done once every 2 events
* @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV4: capture is done once every 4 events
* @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV8: capture is done once every 8 events
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_SetIC1Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx));
assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(TIM_ICPSC));
/* Reset the IC1PSC Bits */
TIMx->CCMR1 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC;
/* Set the IC1PSC value */
TIMx->CCMR1 |= TIM_ICPSC;
}
/**
* @brief Sets the TIMx Input Capture 2 prescaler.
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9 or 12 to select the TIM
* peripheral.
* @param TIM_ICPSC: specifies the Input Capture2 prescaler new value.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV1: no prescaler
* @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV2: capture is done once every 2 events
* @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV4: capture is done once every 4 events
* @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV8: capture is done once every 8 events
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_SetIC2Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx));
assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(TIM_ICPSC));
/* Reset the IC2PSC Bits */
TIMx->CCMR1 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC;
/* Set the IC2PSC value */
TIMx->CCMR1 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICPSC << 8);
}
/**
* @brief Sets the TIMx Input Capture 3 prescaler.
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
* @param TIM_ICPSC: specifies the Input Capture3 prescaler new value.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV1: no prescaler
* @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV2: capture is done once every 2 events
* @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV4: capture is done once every 4 events
* @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV8: capture is done once every 8 events
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_SetIC3Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(TIM_ICPSC));
/* Reset the IC3PSC Bits */
TIMx->CCMR2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR2_IC3PSC;
/* Set the IC3PSC value */
TIMx->CCMR2 |= TIM_ICPSC;
}
/**
* @brief Sets the TIMx Input Capture 4 prescaler.
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
* @param TIM_ICPSC: specifies the Input Capture4 prescaler new value.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV1: no prescaler
* @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV2: capture is done once every 2 events
* @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV4: capture is done once every 4 events
* @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV8: capture is done once every 8 events
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_SetIC4Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(TIM_ICPSC));
/* Reset the IC4PSC Bits */
TIMx->CCMR2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR2_IC4PSC;
/* Set the IC4PSC value */
TIMx->CCMR2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICPSC << 8);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup TIM_Group4 Advanced-control timers (TIM1 and TIM8) specific features
* @brief Advanced-control timers (TIM1 and TIM8) specific features
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Advanced-control timers (TIM1 and TIM8) specific features #####
===============================================================================
##### TIM Driver: how to use the Break feature #####
===============================================================================
[..]
After configuring the Timer channel(s) in the appropriate Output Compare mode:
(#) Fill the TIM_BDTRInitStruct with the desired parameters for the Timer
Break Polarity, dead time, Lock level, the OSSI/OSSR State and the
AOE(automatic output enable).
(#) Call TIM_BDTRConfig(TIMx, &TIM_BDTRInitStruct) to configure the Timer
(#) Enable the Main Output using TIM_CtrlPWMOutputs(TIM1, ENABLE)
(#) Once the break even occurs, the Timer's output signals are put in reset
state or in a known state (according to the configuration made in
TIM_BDTRConfig() function).
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Configures the Break feature, dead time, Lock level, OSSI/OSSR State
* and the AOE(automatic output enable).
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIM
* @param TIM_BDTRInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_BDTRInitTypeDef structure that
* contains the BDTR Register configuration information for the TIM peripheral.
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_BDTRConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_BDTRInitTypeDef *TIM_BDTRInitStruct)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx));
assert_param(IS_TIM_OSSR_STATE(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_OSSRState));
assert_param(IS_TIM_OSSI_STATE(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_OSSIState));
assert_param(IS_TIM_LOCK_LEVEL(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_LOCKLevel));
assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK_STATE(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_Break));
assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK_POLARITY(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_BreakPolarity));
assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTOMATIC_OUTPUT_STATE(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_AutomaticOutput));
/* Set the Lock level, the Break enable Bit and the Polarity, the OSSR State,
the OSSI State, the dead time value and the Automatic Output Enable Bit */
TIMx->BDTR = (uint32_t)TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_OSSRState | TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_OSSIState |
TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_LOCKLevel | TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_DeadTime |
TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_Break | TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_BreakPolarity |
TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_AutomaticOutput;
}
/**
* @brief Fills each TIM_BDTRInitStruct member with its default value.
* @param TIM_BDTRInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_BDTRInitTypeDef structure which
* will be initialized.
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_BDTRStructInit(TIM_BDTRInitTypeDef* TIM_BDTRInitStruct)
{
/* Set the default configuration */
TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_OSSRState = TIM_OSSRState_Disable;
TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_OSSIState = TIM_OSSIState_Disable;
TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_LOCKLevel = TIM_LOCKLevel_OFF;
TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_DeadTime = 0x00;
TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_Break = TIM_Break_Disable;
TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_BreakPolarity = TIM_BreakPolarity_Low;
TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_AutomaticOutput = TIM_AutomaticOutput_Disable;
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the TIM peripheral Main Outputs.
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIMx peripheral.
* @param NewState: new state of the TIM peripheral Main Outputs.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_CtrlPWMOutputs(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Enable the TIM Main Output */
TIMx->BDTR |= TIM_BDTR_MOE;
}
else
{
/* Disable the TIM Main Output */
TIMx->BDTR &= (uint16_t)~TIM_BDTR_MOE;
}
}
/**
* @brief Selects the TIM peripheral Commutation event.
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIMx peripheral
* @param NewState: new state of the Commutation event.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_SelectCOM(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Set the COM Bit */
TIMx->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_CCUS;
}
else
{
/* Reset the COM Bit */
TIMx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR2_CCUS;
}
}
/**
* @brief Sets or Resets the TIM peripheral Capture Compare Preload Control bit.
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIMx peripheral
* @param NewState: new state of the Capture Compare Preload Control bit
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_CCPreloadControl(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Set the CCPC Bit */
TIMx->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_CCPC;
}
else
{
/* Reset the CCPC Bit */
TIMx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR2_CCPC;
}
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup TIM_Group5 Interrupts DMA and flags management functions
* @brief Interrupts, DMA and flags management functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Interrupts, DMA and flags management functions #####
===============================================================================
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the specified TIM interrupts.
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 to select the TIMx peripheral.
* @param TIM_IT: specifies the TIM interrupts sources to be enabled or disabled.
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
* @arg TIM_IT_Update: TIM update Interrupt source
* @arg TIM_IT_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 Interrupt source
* @arg TIM_IT_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 Interrupt source
* @arg TIM_IT_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 Interrupt source
* @arg TIM_IT_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 Interrupt source
* @arg TIM_IT_COM: TIM Commutation Interrupt source
* @arg TIM_IT_Trigger: TIM Trigger Interrupt source
* @arg TIM_IT_Break: TIM Break Interrupt source
*
* @note For TIM6 and TIM7 only the parameter TIM_IT_Update can be used
* @note For TIM9 and TIM12 only one of the following parameters can be used: TIM_IT_Update,
* TIM_IT_CC1, TIM_IT_CC2 or TIM_IT_Trigger.
* @note For TIM10, TIM11, TIM13 and TIM14 only one of the following parameters can
* be used: TIM_IT_Update or TIM_IT_CC1
* @note TIM_IT_COM and TIM_IT_Break can be used only with TIM1 and TIM8
*
* @param NewState: new state of the TIM interrupts.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_ITConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_IT, FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
assert_param(IS_TIM_IT(TIM_IT));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Enable the Interrupt sources */
TIMx->DIER |= TIM_IT;
}
else
{
/* Disable the Interrupt sources */
TIMx->DIER &= (uint16_t)~TIM_IT;
}
}
/**
* @brief Configures the TIMx event to be generate by software.
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 to select the TIM peripheral.
* @param TIM_EventSource: specifies the event source.
* This parameter can be one or more of the following values:
* @arg TIM_EventSource_Update: Timer update Event source
* @arg TIM_EventSource_CC1: Timer Capture Compare 1 Event source
* @arg TIM_EventSource_CC2: Timer Capture Compare 2 Event source
* @arg TIM_EventSource_CC3: Timer Capture Compare 3 Event source
* @arg TIM_EventSource_CC4: Timer Capture Compare 4 Event source
* @arg TIM_EventSource_COM: Timer COM event source
* @arg TIM_EventSource_Trigger: Timer Trigger Event source
* @arg TIM_EventSource_Break: Timer Break event source
*
* @note TIM6 and TIM7 can only generate an update event.
* @note TIM_EventSource_COM and TIM_EventSource_Break are used only with TIM1 and TIM8.
*
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_GenerateEvent(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_EventSource)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
assert_param(IS_TIM_EVENT_SOURCE(TIM_EventSource));
/* Set the event sources */
TIMx->EGR = TIM_EventSource;
}
/**
* @brief Checks whether the specified TIM flag is set or not.
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 to select the TIM peripheral.
* @param TIM_FLAG: specifies the flag to check.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg TIM_FLAG_Update: TIM update Flag
* @arg TIM_FLAG_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 Flag
* @arg TIM_FLAG_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 Flag
* @arg TIM_FLAG_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 Flag
* @arg TIM_FLAG_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 Flag
* @arg TIM_FLAG_COM: TIM Commutation Flag
* @arg TIM_FLAG_Trigger: TIM Trigger Flag
* @arg TIM_FLAG_Break: TIM Break Flag
* @arg TIM_FLAG_CC1OF: TIM Capture Compare 1 over capture Flag
* @arg TIM_FLAG_CC2OF: TIM Capture Compare 2 over capture Flag
* @arg TIM_FLAG_CC3OF: TIM Capture Compare 3 over capture Flag
* @arg TIM_FLAG_CC4OF: TIM Capture Compare 4 over capture Flag
*
* @note TIM6 and TIM7 can have only one update flag.
* @note TIM_FLAG_COM and TIM_FLAG_Break are used only with TIM1 and TIM8.
*
* @retval The new state of TIM_FLAG (SET or RESET).
*/
FlagStatus TIM_GetFlagStatus(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_FLAG)
{
ITStatus bitstatus = RESET;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
assert_param(IS_TIM_GET_FLAG(TIM_FLAG));
if ((TIMx->SR & TIM_FLAG) != (uint16_t)RESET)
{
bitstatus = SET;
}
else
{
bitstatus = RESET;
}
return bitstatus;
}
/**
* @brief Clears the TIMx's pending flags.
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 to select the TIM peripheral.
* @param TIM_FLAG: specifies the flag bit to clear.
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
* @arg TIM_FLAG_Update: TIM update Flag
* @arg TIM_FLAG_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 Flag
* @arg TIM_FLAG_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 Flag
* @arg TIM_FLAG_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 Flag
* @arg TIM_FLAG_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 Flag
* @arg TIM_FLAG_COM: TIM Commutation Flag
* @arg TIM_FLAG_Trigger: TIM Trigger Flag
* @arg TIM_FLAG_Break: TIM Break Flag
* @arg TIM_FLAG_CC1OF: TIM Capture Compare 1 over capture Flag
* @arg TIM_FLAG_CC2OF: TIM Capture Compare 2 over capture Flag
* @arg TIM_FLAG_CC3OF: TIM Capture Compare 3 over capture Flag
* @arg TIM_FLAG_CC4OF: TIM Capture Compare 4 over capture Flag
*
* @note TIM6 and TIM7 can have only one update flag.
* @note TIM_FLAG_COM and TIM_FLAG_Break are used only with TIM1 and TIM8.
*
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_ClearFlag(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_FLAG)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
/* Clear the flags */
TIMx->SR = (uint16_t)~TIM_FLAG;
}
/**
* @brief Checks whether the TIM interrupt has occurred or not.
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 to select the TIM peripheral.
* @param TIM_IT: specifies the TIM interrupt source to check.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg TIM_IT_Update: TIM update Interrupt source
* @arg TIM_IT_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 Interrupt source
* @arg TIM_IT_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 Interrupt source
* @arg TIM_IT_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 Interrupt source
* @arg TIM_IT_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 Interrupt source
* @arg TIM_IT_COM: TIM Commutation Interrupt source
* @arg TIM_IT_Trigger: TIM Trigger Interrupt source
* @arg TIM_IT_Break: TIM Break Interrupt source
*
* @note TIM6 and TIM7 can generate only an update interrupt.
* @note TIM_IT_COM and TIM_IT_Break are used only with TIM1 and TIM8.
*
* @retval The new state of the TIM_IT(SET or RESET).
*/
ITStatus TIM_GetITStatus(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_IT)
{
ITStatus bitstatus = RESET;
uint16_t itstatus = 0x0, itenable = 0x0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
assert_param(IS_TIM_GET_IT(TIM_IT));
itstatus = TIMx->SR & TIM_IT;
itenable = TIMx->DIER & TIM_IT;
if ((itstatus != (uint16_t)RESET) && (itenable != (uint16_t)RESET))
{
bitstatus = SET;
}
else
{
bitstatus = RESET;
}
return bitstatus;
}
/**
* @brief Clears the TIMx's interrupt pending bits.
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 to select the TIM peripheral.
* @param TIM_IT: specifies the pending bit to clear.
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
* @arg TIM_IT_Update: TIM1 update Interrupt source
* @arg TIM_IT_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 Interrupt source
* @arg TIM_IT_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 Interrupt source
* @arg TIM_IT_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 Interrupt source
* @arg TIM_IT_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 Interrupt source
* @arg TIM_IT_COM: TIM Commutation Interrupt source
* @arg TIM_IT_Trigger: TIM Trigger Interrupt source
* @arg TIM_IT_Break: TIM Break Interrupt source
*
* @note TIM6 and TIM7 can generate only an update interrupt.
* @note TIM_IT_COM and TIM_IT_Break are used only with TIM1 and TIM8.
*
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_ClearITPendingBit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_IT)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx));
/* Clear the IT pending Bit */
TIMx->SR = (uint16_t)~TIM_IT;
}
/**
* @brief Configures the TIMx's DMA interface.
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
* @param TIM_DMABase: DMA Base address.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg TIM_DMABase_CR1
* @arg TIM_DMABase_CR2
* @arg TIM_DMABase_SMCR
* @arg TIM_DMABase_DIER
* @arg TIM1_DMABase_SR
* @arg TIM_DMABase_EGR
* @arg TIM_DMABase_CCMR1
* @arg TIM_DMABase_CCMR2
* @arg TIM_DMABase_CCER
* @arg TIM_DMABase_CNT
* @arg TIM_DMABase_PSC
* @arg TIM_DMABase_ARR
* @arg TIM_DMABase_RCR
* @arg TIM_DMABase_CCR1
* @arg TIM_DMABase_CCR2
* @arg TIM_DMABase_CCR3
* @arg TIM_DMABase_CCR4
* @arg TIM_DMABase_BDTR
* @arg TIM_DMABase_DCR
* @param TIM_DMABurstLength: DMA Burst length. This parameter can be one value
* between: TIM_DMABurstLength_1Transfer and TIM_DMABurstLength_18Transfers.
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_DMAConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_DMABase, uint16_t TIM_DMABurstLength)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_BASE(TIM_DMABase));
assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_LENGTH(TIM_DMABurstLength));
/* Set the DMA Base and the DMA Burst Length */
TIMx->DCR = TIM_DMABase | TIM_DMABurstLength;
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the TIMx's DMA Requests.
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
* @param TIM_DMASource: specifies the DMA Request sources.
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
* @arg TIM_DMA_Update: TIM update Interrupt source
* @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source
* @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source
* @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source
* @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source
* @arg TIM_DMA_COM: TIM Commutation DMA source
* @arg TIM_DMA_Trigger: TIM Trigger DMA source
* @param NewState: new state of the DMA Request sources.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_DMACmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_DMASource, FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST5_PERIPH(TIMx));
assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(TIM_DMASource));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Enable the DMA sources */
TIMx->DIER |= TIM_DMASource;
}
else
{
/* Disable the DMA sources */
TIMx->DIER &= (uint16_t)~TIM_DMASource;
}
}
/**
* @brief Selects the TIMx peripheral Capture Compare DMA source.
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
* @param NewState: new state of the Capture Compare DMA source
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_SelectCCDMA(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Set the CCDS Bit */
TIMx->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_CCDS;
}
else
{
/* Reset the CCDS Bit */
TIMx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR2_CCDS;
}
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup TIM_Group6 Clocks management functions
* @brief Clocks management functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Clocks management functions #####
===============================================================================
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Configures the TIMx internal Clock
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9 or 12 to select the TIM
* peripheral.
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_InternalClockConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx));
/* Disable slave mode to clock the prescaler directly with the internal clock */
TIMx->SMCR &= (uint16_t)~TIM_SMCR_SMS;
}
/**
* @brief Configures the TIMx Internal Trigger as External Clock
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9 or 12 to select the TIM
* peripheral.
* @param TIM_InputTriggerSource: Trigger source.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal Trigger 0
* @arg TIM_TS_ITR1: Internal Trigger 1
* @arg TIM_TS_ITR2: Internal Trigger 2
* @arg TIM_TS_ITR3: Internal Trigger 3
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_ITRxExternalClockConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_InputTriggerSource)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx));
assert_param(IS_TIM_INTERNAL_TRIGGER_SELECTION(TIM_InputTriggerSource));
/* Select the Internal Trigger */
TIM_SelectInputTrigger(TIMx, TIM_InputTriggerSource);
/* Select the External clock mode1 */
TIMx->SMCR |= TIM_SlaveMode_External1;
}
/**
* @brief Configures the TIMx Trigger as External Clock
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 or 14
* to select the TIM peripheral.
* @param TIM_TIxExternalCLKSource: Trigger source.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI1ED: TI1 Edge Detector
* @arg TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI1: Filtered Timer Input 1
* @arg TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI2: Filtered Timer Input 2
* @param TIM_ICPolarity: specifies the TIx Polarity.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising
* @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling
* @param ICFilter: specifies the filter value.
* This parameter must be a value between 0x0 and 0xF.
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_TIxExternalClockConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_TIxExternalCLKSource,
uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t ICFilter)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx));
assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(TIM_ICPolarity));
assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(ICFilter));
/* Configure the Timer Input Clock Source */
if (TIM_TIxExternalCLKSource == TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI2)
{
TI2_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICPolarity, TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI, ICFilter);
}
else
{
TI1_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICPolarity, TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI, ICFilter);
}
/* Select the Trigger source */
TIM_SelectInputTrigger(TIMx, TIM_TIxExternalCLKSource);
/* Select the External clock mode1 */
TIMx->SMCR |= TIM_SlaveMode_External1;
}
/**
* @brief Configures the External clock Mode1
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
* @param TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler: The external Trigger Prescaler.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_OFF: ETRP Prescaler OFF.
* @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV2: ETRP frequency divided by 2.
* @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV4: ETRP frequency divided by 4.
* @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV8: ETRP frequency divided by 8.
* @param TIM_ExtTRGPolarity: The external Trigger Polarity.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_Inverted: active low or falling edge active.
* @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_NonInverted: active high or rising edge active.
* @param ExtTRGFilter: External Trigger Filter.
* This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_ETRClockMode1Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler,
uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, uint16_t ExtTRGFilter)
{
uint16_t tmpsmcr = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_PRESCALER(TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler));
assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_POLARITY(TIM_ExtTRGPolarity));
assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_FILTER(ExtTRGFilter));
/* Configure the ETR Clock source */
TIM_ETRConfig(TIMx, TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, ExtTRGFilter);
/* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */
tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR;
/* Reset the SMS Bits */
tmpsmcr &= (uint16_t)~TIM_SMCR_SMS;
/* Select the External clock mode1 */
tmpsmcr |= TIM_SlaveMode_External1;
/* Select the Trigger selection : ETRF */
tmpsmcr &= (uint16_t)~TIM_SMCR_TS;
tmpsmcr |= TIM_TS_ETRF;
/* Write to TIMx SMCR */
TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr;
}
/**
* @brief Configures the External clock Mode2
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
* @param TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler: The external Trigger Prescaler.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_OFF: ETRP Prescaler OFF.
* @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV2: ETRP frequency divided by 2.
* @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV4: ETRP frequency divided by 4.
* @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV8: ETRP frequency divided by 8.
* @param TIM_ExtTRGPolarity: The external Trigger Polarity.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_Inverted: active low or falling edge active.
* @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_NonInverted: active high or rising edge active.
* @param ExtTRGFilter: External Trigger Filter.
* This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_ETRClockMode2Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler,
uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, uint16_t ExtTRGFilter)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_PRESCALER(TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler));
assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_POLARITY(TIM_ExtTRGPolarity));
assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_FILTER(ExtTRGFilter));
/* Configure the ETR Clock source */
TIM_ETRConfig(TIMx, TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, ExtTRGFilter);
/* Enable the External clock mode2 */
TIMx->SMCR |= TIM_SMCR_ECE;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup TIM_Group7 Synchronization management functions
* @brief Synchronization management functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Synchronization management functions #####
===============================================================================
##### TIM Driver: how to use it in synchronization Mode #####
===============================================================================
[..]
*** Case of two/several Timers ***
==================================
[..]
(#) Configure the Master Timers using the following functions:
(++) void TIM_SelectOutputTrigger(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_TRGOSource);
(++) void TIM_SelectMasterSlaveMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_MasterSlaveMode);
(#) Configure the Slave Timers using the following functions:
(++) void TIM_SelectInputTrigger(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_InputTriggerSource);
(++) void TIM_SelectSlaveMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_SlaveMode);
*** Case of Timers and external trigger(ETR pin) ***
====================================================
[..]
(#) Configure the External trigger using this function:
(++) void TIM_ETRConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity,
uint16_t ExtTRGFilter);
(#) Configure the Slave Timers using the following functions:
(++) void TIM_SelectInputTrigger(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_InputTriggerSource);
(++) void TIM_SelectSlaveMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_SlaveMode);
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Selects the Input Trigger source
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 or 14
* to select the TIM peripheral.
* @param TIM_InputTriggerSource: The Input Trigger source.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal Trigger 0
* @arg TIM_TS_ITR1: Internal Trigger 1
* @arg TIM_TS_ITR2: Internal Trigger 2
* @arg TIM_TS_ITR3: Internal Trigger 3
* @arg TIM_TS_TI1F_ED: TI1 Edge Detector
* @arg TIM_TS_TI1FP1: Filtered Timer Input 1
* @arg TIM_TS_TI2FP2: Filtered Timer Input 2
* @arg TIM_TS_ETRF: External Trigger input
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_SelectInputTrigger(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_InputTriggerSource)
{
uint16_t tmpsmcr = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx));
assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGER_SELECTION(TIM_InputTriggerSource));
/* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */
tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR;
/* Reset the TS Bits */
tmpsmcr &= (uint16_t)~TIM_SMCR_TS;
/* Set the Input Trigger source */
tmpsmcr |= TIM_InputTriggerSource;
/* Write to TIMx SMCR */
TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr;
}
/**
* @brief Selects the TIMx Trigger Output Mode.
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
*
* @param TIM_TRGOSource: specifies the Trigger Output source.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
*
* - For all TIMx
* @arg TIM_TRGOSource_Reset: The UG bit in the TIM_EGR register is used as the trigger output(TRGO)
* @arg TIM_TRGOSource_Enable: The Counter Enable CEN is used as the trigger output(TRGO)
* @arg TIM_TRGOSource_Update: The update event is selected as the trigger output(TRGO)
*
* - For all TIMx except TIM6 and TIM7
* @arg TIM_TRGOSource_OC1: The trigger output sends a positive pulse when the CC1IF flag
* is to be set, as soon as a capture or compare match occurs(TRGO)
* @arg TIM_TRGOSource_OC1Ref: OC1REF signal is used as the trigger output(TRGO)
* @arg TIM_TRGOSource_OC2Ref: OC2REF signal is used as the trigger output(TRGO)
* @arg TIM_TRGOSource_OC3Ref: OC3REF signal is used as the trigger output(TRGO)
* @arg TIM_TRGOSource_OC4Ref: OC4REF signal is used as the trigger output(TRGO)
*
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_SelectOutputTrigger(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_TRGOSource)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST5_PERIPH(TIMx));
assert_param(IS_TIM_TRGO_SOURCE(TIM_TRGOSource));
/* Reset the MMS Bits */
TIMx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR2_MMS;
/* Select the TRGO source */
TIMx->CR2 |= TIM_TRGOSource;
}
/**
* @brief Selects the TIMx Slave Mode.
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9 or 12 to select the TIM peripheral.
* @param TIM_SlaveMode: specifies the Timer Slave Mode.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg TIM_SlaveMode_Reset: Rising edge of the selected trigger signal(TRGI) reinitialize
* the counter and triggers an update of the registers
* @arg TIM_SlaveMode_Gated: The counter clock is enabled when the trigger signal (TRGI) is high
* @arg TIM_SlaveMode_Trigger: The counter starts at a rising edge of the trigger TRGI
* @arg TIM_SlaveMode_External1: Rising edges of the selected trigger (TRGI) clock the counter
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_SelectSlaveMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_SlaveMode)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx));
assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_MODE(TIM_SlaveMode));
/* Reset the SMS Bits */
TIMx->SMCR &= (uint16_t)~TIM_SMCR_SMS;
/* Select the Slave Mode */
TIMx->SMCR |= TIM_SlaveMode;
}
/**
* @brief Sets or Resets the TIMx Master/Slave Mode.
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9 or 12 to select the TIM peripheral.
* @param TIM_MasterSlaveMode: specifies the Timer Master Slave Mode.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg TIM_MasterSlaveMode_Enable: synchronization between the current timer
* and its slaves (through TRGO)
* @arg TIM_MasterSlaveMode_Disable: No action
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_SelectMasterSlaveMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_MasterSlaveMode)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx));
assert_param(IS_TIM_MSM_STATE(TIM_MasterSlaveMode));
/* Reset the MSM Bit */
TIMx->SMCR &= (uint16_t)~TIM_SMCR_MSM;
/* Set or Reset the MSM Bit */
TIMx->SMCR |= TIM_MasterSlaveMode;
}
/**
* @brief Configures the TIMx External Trigger (ETR).
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
* @param TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler: The external Trigger Prescaler.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_OFF: ETRP Prescaler OFF.
* @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV2: ETRP frequency divided by 2.
* @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV4: ETRP frequency divided by 4.
* @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV8: ETRP frequency divided by 8.
* @param TIM_ExtTRGPolarity: The external Trigger Polarity.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_Inverted: active low or falling edge active.
* @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_NonInverted: active high or rising edge active.
* @param ExtTRGFilter: External Trigger Filter.
* This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_ETRConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler,
uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, uint16_t ExtTRGFilter)
{
uint16_t tmpsmcr = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx));
assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_PRESCALER(TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler));
assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_POLARITY(TIM_ExtTRGPolarity));
assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_FILTER(ExtTRGFilter));
tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR;
/* Reset the ETR Bits */
tmpsmcr &= SMCR_ETR_MASK;
/* Set the Prescaler, the Filter value and the Polarity */
tmpsmcr |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler | (uint16_t)(TIM_ExtTRGPolarity | (uint16_t)(ExtTRGFilter << (uint16_t)8)));
/* Write to TIMx SMCR */
TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup TIM_Group8 Specific interface management functions
* @brief Specific interface management functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Specific interface management functions #####
===============================================================================
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Configures the TIMx Encoder Interface.
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9 or 12 to select the TIM
* peripheral.
* @param TIM_EncoderMode: specifies the TIMx Encoder Mode.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg TIM_EncoderMode_TI1: Counter counts on TI1FP1 edge depending on TI2FP2 level.
* @arg TIM_EncoderMode_TI2: Counter counts on TI2FP2 edge depending on TI1FP1 level.
* @arg TIM_EncoderMode_TI12: Counter counts on both TI1FP1 and TI2FP2 edges depending
* on the level of the other input.
* @param TIM_IC1Polarity: specifies the IC1 Polarity
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling: IC Falling edge.
* @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising: IC Rising edge.
* @param TIM_IC2Polarity: specifies the IC2 Polarity
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling: IC Falling edge.
* @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising: IC Rising edge.
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_EncoderInterfaceConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_EncoderMode,
uint16_t TIM_IC1Polarity, uint16_t TIM_IC2Polarity)
{
uint16_t tmpsmcr = 0;
uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0;
uint16_t tmpccer = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx));
assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_MODE(TIM_EncoderMode));
assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(TIM_IC1Polarity));
assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(TIM_IC2Polarity));
/* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */
tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR;
/* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */
tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
/* Get the TIMx CCER register value */
tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
/* Set the encoder Mode */
tmpsmcr &= (uint16_t)~TIM_SMCR_SMS;
tmpsmcr |= TIM_EncoderMode;
/* Select the Capture Compare 1 and the Capture Compare 2 as input */
tmpccmr1 &= ((uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_CC1S) & ((uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_CC2S);
tmpccmr1 |= TIM_CCMR1_CC1S_0 | TIM_CCMR1_CC2S_0;
/* Set the TI1 and the TI2 Polarities */
tmpccer &= ((uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC1P) & ((uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC2P);
tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_IC1Polarity | (uint16_t)(TIM_IC2Polarity << (uint16_t)4));
/* Write to TIMx SMCR */
TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr;
/* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */
TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
/* Write to TIMx CCER */
TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the TIMx's Hall sensor interface.
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9 or 12 to select the TIM
* peripheral.
* @param NewState: new state of the TIMx Hall sensor interface.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_SelectHallSensor(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Set the TI1S Bit */
TIMx->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_TI1S;
}
else
{
/* Reset the TI1S Bit */
TIMx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR2_TI1S;
}
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup TIM_Group9 Specific remapping management function
* @brief Specific remapping management function
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Specific remapping management function #####
===============================================================================
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Configures the TIM2, TIM5 and TIM11 Remapping input capabilities.
* @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 5 or 11 to select the TIM peripheral.
* @param TIM_Remap: specifies the TIM input remapping source.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg TIM2_TIM8_TRGO: TIM2 ITR1 input is connected to TIM8 Trigger output(default)
* @arg TIM2_ETH_PTP: TIM2 ITR1 input is connected to ETH PTP trogger output.
* @arg TIM2_USBFS_SOF: TIM2 ITR1 input is connected to USB FS SOF.
* @arg TIM2_USBHS_SOF: TIM2 ITR1 input is connected to USB HS SOF.
* @arg TIM5_GPIO: TIM5 CH4 input is connected to dedicated Timer pin(default)
* @arg TIM5_LSI: TIM5 CH4 input is connected to LSI clock.
* @arg TIM5_LSE: TIM5 CH4 input is connected to LSE clock.
* @arg TIM5_RTC: TIM5 CH4 input is connected to RTC Output event.
* @arg TIM11_GPIO: TIM11 CH4 input is connected to dedicated Timer pin(default)
* @arg TIM11_HSE: TIM11 CH4 input is connected to HSE_RTC clock
* (HSE divided by a programmable prescaler)
* @retval None
*/
void TIM_RemapConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Remap)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx));
assert_param(IS_TIM_REMAP(TIM_Remap));
/* Set the Timer remapping configuration */
TIMx->OR = TIM_Remap;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @brief Configure the TI1 as Input.
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 or 14
* to select the TIM peripheral.
* @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising
* @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling
* @arg TIM_ICPolarity_BothEdge
* @param TIM_ICSelection: specifies the input to be used.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to IC1.
* @arg TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to IC2.
* @arg TIM_ICSelection_TRC: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to TRC.
* @param TIM_ICFilter: Specifies the Input Capture Filter.
* This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F.
* @retval None
*/
static void TI1_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection,
uint16_t TIM_ICFilter)
{
uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0, tmpccer = 0;
/* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */
TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC1E;
tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
/* Select the Input and set the filter */
tmpccmr1 &= ((uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_CC1S) & ((uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_IC1F);
tmpccmr1 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICSelection | (uint16_t)(TIM_ICFilter << (uint16_t)4));
/* Select the Polarity and set the CC1E Bit */
tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP);
tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICPolarity | (uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC1E);
/* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */
TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
}
/**
* @brief Configure the TI2 as Input.
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9 or 12 to select the TIM
* peripheral.
* @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising
* @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling
* @arg TIM_ICPolarity_BothEdge
* @param TIM_ICSelection: specifies the input to be used.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to IC2.
* @arg TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to IC1.
* @arg TIM_ICSelection_TRC: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to TRC.
* @param TIM_ICFilter: Specifies the Input Capture Filter.
* This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F.
* @retval None
*/
static void TI2_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection,
uint16_t TIM_ICFilter)
{
uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmp = 0;
/* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */
TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC2E;
tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
tmp = (uint16_t)(TIM_ICPolarity << 4);
/* Select the Input and set the filter */
tmpccmr1 &= ((uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_CC2S) & ((uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_IC2F);
tmpccmr1 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICFilter << 12);
tmpccmr1 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICSelection << 8);
/* Select the Polarity and set the CC2E Bit */
tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~(TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP);
tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(tmp | (uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC2E);
/* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */
TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1 ;
TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
}
/**
* @brief Configure the TI3 as Input.
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
* @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising
* @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling
* @arg TIM_ICPolarity_BothEdge
* @param TIM_ICSelection: specifies the input to be used.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to IC3.
* @arg TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to IC4.
* @arg TIM_ICSelection_TRC: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to TRC.
* @param TIM_ICFilter: Specifies the Input Capture Filter.
* This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F.
* @retval None
*/
static void TI3_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection,
uint16_t TIM_ICFilter)
{
uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmp = 0;
/* Disable the Channel 3: Reset the CC3E Bit */
TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC3E;
tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2;
tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
tmp = (uint16_t)(TIM_ICPolarity << 8);
/* Select the Input and set the filter */
tmpccmr2 &= ((uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_CC1S) & ((uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR2_IC3F);
tmpccmr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICSelection | (uint16_t)(TIM_ICFilter << (uint16_t)4));
/* Select the Polarity and set the CC3E Bit */
tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~(TIM_CCER_CC3P | TIM_CCER_CC3NP);
tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(tmp | (uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC3E);
/* Write to TIMx CCMR2 and CCER registers */
TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2;
TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
}
/**
* @brief Configure the TI4 as Input.
* @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral.
* @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising
* @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling
* @arg TIM_ICPolarity_BothEdge
* @param TIM_ICSelection: specifies the input to be used.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to IC4.
* @arg TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to IC3.
* @arg TIM_ICSelection_TRC: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to TRC.
* @param TIM_ICFilter: Specifies the Input Capture Filter.
* This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F.
* @retval None
*/
static void TI4_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection,
uint16_t TIM_ICFilter)
{
uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmp = 0;
/* Disable the Channel 4: Reset the CC4E Bit */
TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC4E;
tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2;
tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
tmp = (uint16_t)(TIM_ICPolarity << 12);
/* Select the Input and set the filter */
tmpccmr2 &= ((uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_CC2S) & ((uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_IC2F);
tmpccmr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICSelection << 8);
tmpccmr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICFilter << 12);
/* Select the Polarity and set the CC4E Bit */
tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~(TIM_CCER_CC4P | TIM_CCER_CC4NP);
tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(tmp | (uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC4E);
/* Write to TIMx CCMR2 and CCER registers */
TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2;
TIMx->CCER = tmpccer ;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

4
flight/pios/stm32f4xx/library.mk
View File

@ -16,11 +16,11 @@ LINKER_SCRIPTS_COMPAT = $(PIOS_DEVLIB)link_$(BOARD)_fw_memory.ld \
# Compiler options implied by the F4xx
CDEFS += -DSTM32F4XX
ifneq ($(CHIPFAMILY),STM32F401xx)
ifneq ($(CHIPFAMILY),STM32F411xx)
CDEFS += -DPIOS_TARGET_PROVIDES_FAST_HEAP
CDEFS += -DSTM32F40_41xxx
else
CDEFS += -DSTM32F401xx
CDEFS += -DSTM32F411xE
endif
CDEFS += -DSYSCLK_FREQ=$(SYSCLK_FREQ)
CDEFS += -DHSE_VALUE=$(OSCILLATOR_FREQ)

4
flight/pios/stm32f4xx/link_STM32F4xx_RN_bl_memory.ld
View File

@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ MEMORY
FLASH (rx) : ORIGIN = 0x08000000, LENGTH = 0x008000 - 0x000080
BD_INFO (r) : ORIGIN = 0x08008000 - 0x80, LENGTH = 0x000080
RSVD (rx) : ORIGIN = 0x08008000, LENGTH = 0x010000 - 0x008000
FW (rx) : ORIGIN = 0x08010000, LENGTH = 0x030000
SRAM (rwx) : ORIGIN = 0x20000000, LENGTH = 0x010000
FW (rx) : ORIGIN = 0x08010000, LENGTH = 0x070000
SRAM (rwx) : ORIGIN = 0x20000000, LENGTH = 0x020000
}
REGION_ALIAS("CCSRAM", SRAM);

4
flight/pios/stm32f4xx/link_STM32F4xx_RN_fw_memory.ld
View File

@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ MEMORY
BL (rx) : ORIGIN = 0x08000000, LENGTH = 0x008000 - 0x000080
BD_INFO (r) : ORIGIN = 0x08008000 - 0x80, LENGTH = 0x000080
RSVD (rx) : ORIGIN = 0x08008000, LENGTH = 0x010000 - 0x008000
FLASH (rx) : ORIGIN = 0x08010000, LENGTH = 0x030000
SRAM (rwx) : ORIGIN = 0x20000000, LENGTH = 0x010000
FLASH (rx) : ORIGIN = 0x08010000, LENGTH = 0x070000
SRAM (rwx) : ORIGIN = 0x20000000, LENGTH = 0x020000
}
REGION_ALIAS("CCSRAM", SRAM);

13
flight/targets/boards/revonano/board-info.mk
View File

@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ BOOTLOADER_VERSION := 0x06
HW_TYPE := 0x00
MCU := cortex-m4
CHIP := STM32F401CC
CHIPFAMILY := STM32F401xx
CHIP := STM32F411CE
CHIPFAMILY := STM32F411xx
BOARD := STM32F4xx_RN
MODEL := HD
MODEL_SUFFIX :=
@ -23,10 +23,7 @@ OPENOCD_CONFIG := stm32f4xx.stlink.cfg
# 5 0x0802 0000 128k FW --- Proto
# 6 0x0804 0000 128k FW
# 7 0x0806 0000 128k FW
# 8 0x0808 0000 128k Unused
# 9 0x080A 0000 128k Unused
# 10 0x080C 0000 128k Unused ..
# 11 0x080E 0000 128k Unused
# Note: These must match the values in link_$(BOARD)_memory.ld
BL_BANK_BASE := 0x08000000 # Start of bootloader flash
@ -40,9 +37,9 @@ EE_BANK_SIZE := 0x00008000 # Size of EEPROM storage area
# Leave the remaining 64KB sectors for other uses
FW_BANK_BASE := 0x08010000 # Start of firmware flash
FW_BANK_SIZE := 0x00060000 # Should include FW_DESC_SIZE
FW_BANK_SIZE := 0x00070000 # Should include FW_DESC_SIZE
FW_DESC_SIZE := 0x00000064
OSCILLATOR_FREQ := 8000000
SYSCLK_FREQ := 84000000
SYSCLK_FREQ := 96000000